Liquidity Management

Post on 01-Nov-2014

40 Views

Category:

Documents

0 Downloads

Preview:

Click to see full reader

DESCRIPTION

Liquidity management in banks, M. Com project, 40 Marks Project

Transcript

INDEX

SRNO

TOPIC PAGE NO

1 Introduction

2 Purpose

3 Definition

4 Liquidity policies in bank

5 Importance of liquidity management

6 Features of liquidity management

7 Control procedures

8 Liquidity management programme

9 Funding policy

10 Role of board of director in LM

11 Role of management in LM

12 Best friend for financial institution

13 Interest rate risk

14 Management of foreign exchange risk

15 Benefits of liquidity management

16 Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

17 RBI latest view on liquidity management

18 RBI liquidity management measures

19 Dynamic analysis

20 Experts views on liquidity management

21 Conclusion

22 Reference

23 Webliography

24 Thank you

Glossary Terms in liquidity management

AssetsLiability Management The management and control within set parameters of the impact of changes in the volume mix maturity quality and interest and exchange rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities on an institution

Concentrated Funding Occurs when an institutionrsquos liabilities contain an excessive level of exposure to individual depositor type of deposit instrument market source of deposit term to maturity and if the institution has liabilities (either on- or off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies currency of deposit

Credit Risk The risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of a debtor for any reason to fully honour financial or contractual obligations to an institution

Liquid Assets Cash and securities and other assets readily convertible to cash

Liquidity Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to honour all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they fall due

Liquidity Management Managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows

Liquidity Planning Assessing potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic regulatory or other operating conditions and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to an institution to meet these needs

Operating Liquidity The liquidity required to meet day-to-day cash outflow commitments taking into account assetliability management techniques for controlling liquidity through the management of cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow

LETS EXPLORE IThellip

Introduction

We often hear the word liquidity used in combination with cash management Liquidity is a firmrsquos ability to pay its short-term debt obligations In other words if the firm has adequate liquidity it can pay its current liabilities such as accounts payable Usually accounts payable are debts owe to our suppliers

There are methods we can use to measure liquidity Financial ratio analysis will help us determine how liquid firm is or how successful it will be in meeting its short-term debt obligations The current ratio will help us determine the ratio of current assets to current liabilities Current assets include cash accounts receivable inventory and occasionally other line items such as marketable securities We need to have more current assets than current liabilities on our balance sheet at all times

The quick ratio will allow determining if we can pay your short-term debt obligations or current liabilities without having to sell any inventory Itrsquos important for a firm to be able to do this because if we sell have to sell inventory to pay bills that means we have to find a buyer for that inventory Finding a buyer is not always easy or possible

There is various other measure of liquidity that you will want to use to determine our cash position

When your business is just starting up we essentially run it out of a check book which is an example of cash accounting As long as there is cash in the account our business is solvent As business becomes more complex we will have to adopt financial accounting However we have to keep a focus on liquidity and cash management even though our track net income through financial accounting

PURPOSE

This document sets out the minimum policies and procedures that each institution needs to have in place and apply within its liquidity management programme and the minimum criteria it should use to prudently manage and control its liquidity

Although this document focuses on the institutionrsquos responsibility for managing liquidity and is intended to address liquidity management within the context of a strategic liquidity plan under ordinary or reasonably expected business conditions liquidity management cannot be conducted in isolation from other assetliability management considerations such as interest and foreign exchange rate risk or other risks However since liquidity determines the day-ti-day viability of an institution it must remain the principal consideration of assetliability management

Moreover this document presents the management of liquidity undifferentiated as to currency denomination since in principal through the foreign exchange markets commitments in one currency may be met by the availability of funds in another However institutions that conduct substantial business in foreign currencies need to make distinctions between the management of liquidity in domestic currency and that in other currencies

DEFINITION

honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

Liquid assets should have the following attributes

1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

1048707 Minimal credit risk

Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

Importance of liquidity management

1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

Remember the crisis in 2008

Features of liquidity management

1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

Control procedures

Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

expertise required to make effective decisions

consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

Liquidity management programme

Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

The objectives of liquidity management are

1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

Funding policy

Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

1048707 individual depositor

1048707 type of deposit instrument

1048707 market source of deposit

1048707 term to maturity and

1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

Role of board of directors

The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

At a minimum a Board of Directors should

1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

Role of

management in liquidity management

The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

BEST friend for financial institution

Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

Ratio of prime assets to total assets

Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

Interest rate risk management

Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

Management of foreign exchange risk

bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

Benefits of liquidity management

If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

(An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

requirements Managing market access

Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

RBI liquidity management measures

RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

Dynamic analysis

Future Business Assumptions

The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

Funding Alternatives

Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

increase by about 50 bps

MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

competition increases price wars are becoming more

frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

more dynamic

MR Richard de Roos

Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

strategic move has already improved profitability

reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

responded to an industry need for systems that

effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

technical and quant development was undertaken by

Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

their client flow were established Richard de Roos

Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

process was an important strategic decision As experts

in the wholesale financial services industry Client

Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

improving our performance efficiencies and our

profitability

Conclusion

The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

  • MR Richard de Roos

    9 Funding policy

    10 Role of board of director in LM

    11 Role of management in LM

    12 Best friend for financial institution

    13 Interest rate risk

    14 Management of foreign exchange risk

    15 Benefits of liquidity management

    16 Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

    17 RBI latest view on liquidity management

    18 RBI liquidity management measures

    19 Dynamic analysis

    20 Experts views on liquidity management

    21 Conclusion

    22 Reference

    23 Webliography

    24 Thank you

    Glossary Terms in liquidity management

    AssetsLiability Management The management and control within set parameters of the impact of changes in the volume mix maturity quality and interest and exchange rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities on an institution

    Concentrated Funding Occurs when an institutionrsquos liabilities contain an excessive level of exposure to individual depositor type of deposit instrument market source of deposit term to maturity and if the institution has liabilities (either on- or off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies currency of deposit

    Credit Risk The risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of a debtor for any reason to fully honour financial or contractual obligations to an institution

    Liquid Assets Cash and securities and other assets readily convertible to cash

    Liquidity Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to honour all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they fall due

    Liquidity Management Managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows

    Liquidity Planning Assessing potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic regulatory or other operating conditions and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to an institution to meet these needs

    Operating Liquidity The liquidity required to meet day-to-day cash outflow commitments taking into account assetliability management techniques for controlling liquidity through the management of cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow

    LETS EXPLORE IThellip

    Introduction

    We often hear the word liquidity used in combination with cash management Liquidity is a firmrsquos ability to pay its short-term debt obligations In other words if the firm has adequate liquidity it can pay its current liabilities such as accounts payable Usually accounts payable are debts owe to our suppliers

    There are methods we can use to measure liquidity Financial ratio analysis will help us determine how liquid firm is or how successful it will be in meeting its short-term debt obligations The current ratio will help us determine the ratio of current assets to current liabilities Current assets include cash accounts receivable inventory and occasionally other line items such as marketable securities We need to have more current assets than current liabilities on our balance sheet at all times

    The quick ratio will allow determining if we can pay your short-term debt obligations or current liabilities without having to sell any inventory Itrsquos important for a firm to be able to do this because if we sell have to sell inventory to pay bills that means we have to find a buyer for that inventory Finding a buyer is not always easy or possible

    There is various other measure of liquidity that you will want to use to determine our cash position

    When your business is just starting up we essentially run it out of a check book which is an example of cash accounting As long as there is cash in the account our business is solvent As business becomes more complex we will have to adopt financial accounting However we have to keep a focus on liquidity and cash management even though our track net income through financial accounting

    PURPOSE

    This document sets out the minimum policies and procedures that each institution needs to have in place and apply within its liquidity management programme and the minimum criteria it should use to prudently manage and control its liquidity

    Although this document focuses on the institutionrsquos responsibility for managing liquidity and is intended to address liquidity management within the context of a strategic liquidity plan under ordinary or reasonably expected business conditions liquidity management cannot be conducted in isolation from other assetliability management considerations such as interest and foreign exchange rate risk or other risks However since liquidity determines the day-ti-day viability of an institution it must remain the principal consideration of assetliability management

    Moreover this document presents the management of liquidity undifferentiated as to currency denomination since in principal through the foreign exchange markets commitments in one currency may be met by the availability of funds in another However institutions that conduct substantial business in foreign currencies need to make distinctions between the management of liquidity in domestic currency and that in other currencies

    DEFINITION

    honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

    Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

    LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

    Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

    Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

    Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

    1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

    1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

    For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

    In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

    1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

    1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

    1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

    1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

    Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

    Liquid assets should have the following attributes

    1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

    1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

    1048707 Minimal credit risk

    Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

    Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

    Importance of liquidity management

    1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

    2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

    3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

    evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

    4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

    5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

    Remember the crisis in 2008

    Features of liquidity management

    1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

    2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

    3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

    4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

    5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

    6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

    Control procedures

    Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

    them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

    1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

    1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

    1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

    1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

    expertise required to make effective decisions

    consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

    Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

    Liquidity management programme

    Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

    planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

    regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

    The objectives of liquidity management are

    1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

    1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

    1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

    Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

    1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

    1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

    Funding policy

    Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

    1048707 individual depositor

    1048707 type of deposit instrument

    1048707 market source of deposit

    1048707 term to maturity and

    1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

    The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

    Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

    In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

    Role of board of directors

    The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

    A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

    At a minimum a Board of Directors should

    1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

    1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

    1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

    1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

    1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

    Role of

    management in liquidity management

    The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

    Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

    1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

    1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

    1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

    1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

    1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

    1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

    1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

    1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

    1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

    BEST friend for financial institution

    Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

    Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

    Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

    Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

    Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

    Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

    Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

    Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

    Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

    Ratio of prime assets to total assets

    Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

    Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

    Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

    Interest rate risk management

    Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

    Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

    bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

    bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

    Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

    Management of foreign exchange risk

    bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

    bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

    bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

    Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

    Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

    Benefits of liquidity management

    If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

    Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

    Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

    Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

    The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

    minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

    (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

    Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

    The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

    In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

    Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

    Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

    Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

    Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

    The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

    Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

    Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

    requirements Managing market access

    Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

    The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

    RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

    On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

    uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

    RBI liquidity management measures

    RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

    bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

    bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

    currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

    ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

    On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

    been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

    The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

    percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

    Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

    Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

    Dynamic analysis

    Future Business Assumptions

    The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

    users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

    Funding Alternatives

    Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

    of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

    Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

    Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

    MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

    There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

    MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

    A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

    risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

    grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

    going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

    is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

    increase by about 50 bps

    MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

    Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

    competition increases price wars are becoming more

    frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

    more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

    for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

    can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

    marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

    Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

    time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

    within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

    more dynamic

    MR Richard de Roos

    Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

    to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

    strategic move has already improved profitability

    reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

    responded to an industry need for systems that

    effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

    Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

    technical and quant development was undertaken by

    Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

    in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

    their client flow were established Richard de Roos

    Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

    said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

    process was an important strategic decision As experts

    in the wholesale financial services industry Client

    Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

    improving our performance efficiencies and our

    profitability

    Conclusion

    The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

    Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

    • MR Richard de Roos

      19 Dynamic analysis

      20 Experts views on liquidity management

      21 Conclusion

      22 Reference

      23 Webliography

      24 Thank you

      Glossary Terms in liquidity management

      AssetsLiability Management The management and control within set parameters of the impact of changes in the volume mix maturity quality and interest and exchange rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities on an institution

      Concentrated Funding Occurs when an institutionrsquos liabilities contain an excessive level of exposure to individual depositor type of deposit instrument market source of deposit term to maturity and if the institution has liabilities (either on- or off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies currency of deposit

      Credit Risk The risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of a debtor for any reason to fully honour financial or contractual obligations to an institution

      Liquid Assets Cash and securities and other assets readily convertible to cash

      Liquidity Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to honour all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they fall due

      Liquidity Management Managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows

      Liquidity Planning Assessing potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic regulatory or other operating conditions and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to an institution to meet these needs

      Operating Liquidity The liquidity required to meet day-to-day cash outflow commitments taking into account assetliability management techniques for controlling liquidity through the management of cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow

      LETS EXPLORE IThellip

      Introduction

      We often hear the word liquidity used in combination with cash management Liquidity is a firmrsquos ability to pay its short-term debt obligations In other words if the firm has adequate liquidity it can pay its current liabilities such as accounts payable Usually accounts payable are debts owe to our suppliers

      There are methods we can use to measure liquidity Financial ratio analysis will help us determine how liquid firm is or how successful it will be in meeting its short-term debt obligations The current ratio will help us determine the ratio of current assets to current liabilities Current assets include cash accounts receivable inventory and occasionally other line items such as marketable securities We need to have more current assets than current liabilities on our balance sheet at all times

      The quick ratio will allow determining if we can pay your short-term debt obligations or current liabilities without having to sell any inventory Itrsquos important for a firm to be able to do this because if we sell have to sell inventory to pay bills that means we have to find a buyer for that inventory Finding a buyer is not always easy or possible

      There is various other measure of liquidity that you will want to use to determine our cash position

      When your business is just starting up we essentially run it out of a check book which is an example of cash accounting As long as there is cash in the account our business is solvent As business becomes more complex we will have to adopt financial accounting However we have to keep a focus on liquidity and cash management even though our track net income through financial accounting

      PURPOSE

      This document sets out the minimum policies and procedures that each institution needs to have in place and apply within its liquidity management programme and the minimum criteria it should use to prudently manage and control its liquidity

      Although this document focuses on the institutionrsquos responsibility for managing liquidity and is intended to address liquidity management within the context of a strategic liquidity plan under ordinary or reasonably expected business conditions liquidity management cannot be conducted in isolation from other assetliability management considerations such as interest and foreign exchange rate risk or other risks However since liquidity determines the day-ti-day viability of an institution it must remain the principal consideration of assetliability management

      Moreover this document presents the management of liquidity undifferentiated as to currency denomination since in principal through the foreign exchange markets commitments in one currency may be met by the availability of funds in another However institutions that conduct substantial business in foreign currencies need to make distinctions between the management of liquidity in domestic currency and that in other currencies

      DEFINITION

      honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

      Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

      LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

      Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

      Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

      Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

      1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

      1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

      For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

      In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

      1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

      1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

      1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

      1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

      Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

      Liquid assets should have the following attributes

      1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

      1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

      1048707 Minimal credit risk

      Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

      Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

      Importance of liquidity management

      1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

      2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

      3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

      evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

      4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

      5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

      Remember the crisis in 2008

      Features of liquidity management

      1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

      2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

      3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

      4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

      5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

      6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

      Control procedures

      Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

      them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

      1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

      1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

      1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

      1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

      expertise required to make effective decisions

      consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

      Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

      Liquidity management programme

      Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

      planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

      regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

      The objectives of liquidity management are

      1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

      1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

      1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

      Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

      1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

      1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

      Funding policy

      Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

      1048707 individual depositor

      1048707 type of deposit instrument

      1048707 market source of deposit

      1048707 term to maturity and

      1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

      The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

      Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

      In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

      Role of board of directors

      The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

      A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

      At a minimum a Board of Directors should

      1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

      1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

      1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

      1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

      1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

      Role of

      management in liquidity management

      The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

      Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

      1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

      1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

      1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

      1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

      1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

      1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

      1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

      1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

      1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

      BEST friend for financial institution

      Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

      Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

      Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

      Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

      Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

      Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

      Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

      Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

      Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

      Ratio of prime assets to total assets

      Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

      Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

      Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

      Interest rate risk management

      Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

      Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

      bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

      bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

      Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

      Management of foreign exchange risk

      bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

      bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

      bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

      Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

      Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

      Benefits of liquidity management

      If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

      Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

      Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

      Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

      The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

      minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

      (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

      Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

      The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

      In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

      Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

      Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

      Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

      Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

      The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

      Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

      Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

      requirements Managing market access

      Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

      The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

      RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

      On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

      uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

      RBI liquidity management measures

      RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

      bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

      bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

      currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

      ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

      On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

      been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

      The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

      percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

      Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

      Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

      Dynamic analysis

      Future Business Assumptions

      The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

      users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

      Funding Alternatives

      Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

      of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

      Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

      Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

      MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

      There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

      MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

      A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

      risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

      grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

      going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

      is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

      increase by about 50 bps

      MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

      Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

      competition increases price wars are becoming more

      frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

      more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

      for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

      can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

      marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

      Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

      time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

      within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

      more dynamic

      MR Richard de Roos

      Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

      to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

      strategic move has already improved profitability

      reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

      responded to an industry need for systems that

      effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

      Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

      technical and quant development was undertaken by

      Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

      in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

      their client flow were established Richard de Roos

      Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

      said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

      process was an important strategic decision As experts

      in the wholesale financial services industry Client

      Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

      improving our performance efficiencies and our

      profitability

      Conclusion

      The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

      Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

      • MR Richard de Roos

        Glossary Terms in liquidity management

        AssetsLiability Management The management and control within set parameters of the impact of changes in the volume mix maturity quality and interest and exchange rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities on an institution

        Concentrated Funding Occurs when an institutionrsquos liabilities contain an excessive level of exposure to individual depositor type of deposit instrument market source of deposit term to maturity and if the institution has liabilities (either on- or off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies currency of deposit

        Credit Risk The risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of a debtor for any reason to fully honour financial or contractual obligations to an institution

        Liquid Assets Cash and securities and other assets readily convertible to cash

        Liquidity Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to honour all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they fall due

        Liquidity Management Managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows

        Liquidity Planning Assessing potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic regulatory or other operating conditions and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to an institution to meet these needs

        Operating Liquidity The liquidity required to meet day-to-day cash outflow commitments taking into account assetliability management techniques for controlling liquidity through the management of cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow

        LETS EXPLORE IThellip

        Introduction

        We often hear the word liquidity used in combination with cash management Liquidity is a firmrsquos ability to pay its short-term debt obligations In other words if the firm has adequate liquidity it can pay its current liabilities such as accounts payable Usually accounts payable are debts owe to our suppliers

        There are methods we can use to measure liquidity Financial ratio analysis will help us determine how liquid firm is or how successful it will be in meeting its short-term debt obligations The current ratio will help us determine the ratio of current assets to current liabilities Current assets include cash accounts receivable inventory and occasionally other line items such as marketable securities We need to have more current assets than current liabilities on our balance sheet at all times

        The quick ratio will allow determining if we can pay your short-term debt obligations or current liabilities without having to sell any inventory Itrsquos important for a firm to be able to do this because if we sell have to sell inventory to pay bills that means we have to find a buyer for that inventory Finding a buyer is not always easy or possible

        There is various other measure of liquidity that you will want to use to determine our cash position

        When your business is just starting up we essentially run it out of a check book which is an example of cash accounting As long as there is cash in the account our business is solvent As business becomes more complex we will have to adopt financial accounting However we have to keep a focus on liquidity and cash management even though our track net income through financial accounting

        PURPOSE

        This document sets out the minimum policies and procedures that each institution needs to have in place and apply within its liquidity management programme and the minimum criteria it should use to prudently manage and control its liquidity

        Although this document focuses on the institutionrsquos responsibility for managing liquidity and is intended to address liquidity management within the context of a strategic liquidity plan under ordinary or reasonably expected business conditions liquidity management cannot be conducted in isolation from other assetliability management considerations such as interest and foreign exchange rate risk or other risks However since liquidity determines the day-ti-day viability of an institution it must remain the principal consideration of assetliability management

        Moreover this document presents the management of liquidity undifferentiated as to currency denomination since in principal through the foreign exchange markets commitments in one currency may be met by the availability of funds in another However institutions that conduct substantial business in foreign currencies need to make distinctions between the management of liquidity in domestic currency and that in other currencies

        DEFINITION

        honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

        Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

        LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

        Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

        Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

        Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

        1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

        1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

        For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

        In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

        1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

        1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

        1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

        1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

        Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

        Liquid assets should have the following attributes

        1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

        1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

        1048707 Minimal credit risk

        Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

        Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

        Importance of liquidity management

        1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

        2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

        3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

        evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

        4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

        5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

        Remember the crisis in 2008

        Features of liquidity management

        1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

        2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

        3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

        4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

        5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

        6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

        Control procedures

        Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

        them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

        1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

        1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

        1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

        1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

        expertise required to make effective decisions

        consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

        Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

        Liquidity management programme

        Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

        planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

        regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

        The objectives of liquidity management are

        1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

        1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

        1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

        Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

        1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

        1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

        Funding policy

        Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

        1048707 individual depositor

        1048707 type of deposit instrument

        1048707 market source of deposit

        1048707 term to maturity and

        1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

        The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

        Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

        In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

        Role of board of directors

        The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

        A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

        At a minimum a Board of Directors should

        1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

        1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

        1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

        1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

        1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

        Role of

        management in liquidity management

        The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

        Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

        1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

        1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

        1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

        1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

        1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

        1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

        1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

        1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

        1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

        BEST friend for financial institution

        Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

        Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

        Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

        Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

        Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

        Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

        Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

        Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

        Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

        Ratio of prime assets to total assets

        Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

        Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

        Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

        Interest rate risk management

        Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

        Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

        bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

        bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

        Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

        Management of foreign exchange risk

        bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

        bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

        bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

        Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

        Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

        Benefits of liquidity management

        If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

        Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

        Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

        Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

        The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

        minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

        (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

        Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

        The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

        In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

        Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

        Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

        Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

        Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

        The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

        Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

        Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

        requirements Managing market access

        Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

        The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

        RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

        On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

        uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

        RBI liquidity management measures

        RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

        bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

        bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

        currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

        ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

        On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

        been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

        The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

        percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

        Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

        Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

        Dynamic analysis

        Future Business Assumptions

        The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

        users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

        Funding Alternatives

        Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

        of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

        Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

        Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

        MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

        There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

        MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

        A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

        risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

        grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

        going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

        is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

        increase by about 50 bps

        MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

        Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

        competition increases price wars are becoming more

        frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

        more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

        for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

        can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

        marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

        Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

        time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

        within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

        more dynamic

        MR Richard de Roos

        Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

        to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

        strategic move has already improved profitability

        reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

        responded to an industry need for systems that

        effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

        Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

        technical and quant development was undertaken by

        Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

        in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

        their client flow were established Richard de Roos

        Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

        said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

        process was an important strategic decision As experts

        in the wholesale financial services industry Client

        Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

        improving our performance efficiencies and our

        profitability

        Conclusion

        The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

        Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

        • MR Richard de Roos

          Liquidity Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to honour all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they fall due

          Liquidity Management Managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows

          Liquidity Planning Assessing potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic regulatory or other operating conditions and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to an institution to meet these needs

          Operating Liquidity The liquidity required to meet day-to-day cash outflow commitments taking into account assetliability management techniques for controlling liquidity through the management of cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow

          LETS EXPLORE IThellip

          Introduction

          We often hear the word liquidity used in combination with cash management Liquidity is a firmrsquos ability to pay its short-term debt obligations In other words if the firm has adequate liquidity it can pay its current liabilities such as accounts payable Usually accounts payable are debts owe to our suppliers

          There are methods we can use to measure liquidity Financial ratio analysis will help us determine how liquid firm is or how successful it will be in meeting its short-term debt obligations The current ratio will help us determine the ratio of current assets to current liabilities Current assets include cash accounts receivable inventory and occasionally other line items such as marketable securities We need to have more current assets than current liabilities on our balance sheet at all times

          The quick ratio will allow determining if we can pay your short-term debt obligations or current liabilities without having to sell any inventory Itrsquos important for a firm to be able to do this because if we sell have to sell inventory to pay bills that means we have to find a buyer for that inventory Finding a buyer is not always easy or possible

          There is various other measure of liquidity that you will want to use to determine our cash position

          When your business is just starting up we essentially run it out of a check book which is an example of cash accounting As long as there is cash in the account our business is solvent As business becomes more complex we will have to adopt financial accounting However we have to keep a focus on liquidity and cash management even though our track net income through financial accounting

          PURPOSE

          This document sets out the minimum policies and procedures that each institution needs to have in place and apply within its liquidity management programme and the minimum criteria it should use to prudently manage and control its liquidity

          Although this document focuses on the institutionrsquos responsibility for managing liquidity and is intended to address liquidity management within the context of a strategic liquidity plan under ordinary or reasonably expected business conditions liquidity management cannot be conducted in isolation from other assetliability management considerations such as interest and foreign exchange rate risk or other risks However since liquidity determines the day-ti-day viability of an institution it must remain the principal consideration of assetliability management

          Moreover this document presents the management of liquidity undifferentiated as to currency denomination since in principal through the foreign exchange markets commitments in one currency may be met by the availability of funds in another However institutions that conduct substantial business in foreign currencies need to make distinctions between the management of liquidity in domestic currency and that in other currencies

          DEFINITION

          honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

          Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

          LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

          Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

          Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

          Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

          1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

          1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

          For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

          In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

          1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

          1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

          1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

          1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

          Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

          Liquid assets should have the following attributes

          1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

          1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

          1048707 Minimal credit risk

          Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

          Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

          Importance of liquidity management

          1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

          2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

          3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

          evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

          4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

          5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

          Remember the crisis in 2008

          Features of liquidity management

          1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

          2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

          3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

          4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

          5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

          6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

          Control procedures

          Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

          them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

          1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

          1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

          1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

          1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

          expertise required to make effective decisions

          consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

          Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

          Liquidity management programme

          Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

          planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

          regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

          The objectives of liquidity management are

          1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

          1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

          1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

          Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

          1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

          1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

          Funding policy

          Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

          1048707 individual depositor

          1048707 type of deposit instrument

          1048707 market source of deposit

          1048707 term to maturity and

          1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

          The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

          Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

          In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

          Role of board of directors

          The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

          A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

          At a minimum a Board of Directors should

          1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

          1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

          1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

          1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

          1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

          Role of

          management in liquidity management

          The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

          Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

          1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

          1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

          1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

          1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

          1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

          1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

          1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

          1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

          1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

          BEST friend for financial institution

          Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

          Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

          Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

          Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

          Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

          Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

          Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

          Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

          Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

          Ratio of prime assets to total assets

          Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

          Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

          Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

          Interest rate risk management

          Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

          Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

          bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

          bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

          Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

          Management of foreign exchange risk

          bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

          bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

          bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

          Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

          Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

          Benefits of liquidity management

          If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

          Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

          Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

          Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

          The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

          minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

          (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

          Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

          The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

          In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

          Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

          Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

          Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

          Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

          The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

          Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

          Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

          requirements Managing market access

          Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

          The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

          RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

          On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

          uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

          RBI liquidity management measures

          RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

          bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

          bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

          currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

          ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

          On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

          been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

          The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

          percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

          Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

          Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

          Dynamic analysis

          Future Business Assumptions

          The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

          users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

          Funding Alternatives

          Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

          of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

          Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

          Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

          MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

          There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

          MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

          A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

          risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

          grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

          going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

          is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

          increase by about 50 bps

          MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

          Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

          competition increases price wars are becoming more

          frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

          more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

          for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

          can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

          marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

          Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

          time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

          within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

          more dynamic

          MR Richard de Roos

          Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

          to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

          strategic move has already improved profitability

          reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

          responded to an industry need for systems that

          effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

          Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

          technical and quant development was undertaken by

          Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

          in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

          their client flow were established Richard de Roos

          Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

          said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

          process was an important strategic decision As experts

          in the wholesale financial services industry Client

          Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

          improving our performance efficiencies and our

          profitability

          Conclusion

          The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

          Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

          • MR Richard de Roos

            LETS EXPLORE IThellip

            Introduction

            We often hear the word liquidity used in combination with cash management Liquidity is a firmrsquos ability to pay its short-term debt obligations In other words if the firm has adequate liquidity it can pay its current liabilities such as accounts payable Usually accounts payable are debts owe to our suppliers

            There are methods we can use to measure liquidity Financial ratio analysis will help us determine how liquid firm is or how successful it will be in meeting its short-term debt obligations The current ratio will help us determine the ratio of current assets to current liabilities Current assets include cash accounts receivable inventory and occasionally other line items such as marketable securities We need to have more current assets than current liabilities on our balance sheet at all times

            The quick ratio will allow determining if we can pay your short-term debt obligations or current liabilities without having to sell any inventory Itrsquos important for a firm to be able to do this because if we sell have to sell inventory to pay bills that means we have to find a buyer for that inventory Finding a buyer is not always easy or possible

            There is various other measure of liquidity that you will want to use to determine our cash position

            When your business is just starting up we essentially run it out of a check book which is an example of cash accounting As long as there is cash in the account our business is solvent As business becomes more complex we will have to adopt financial accounting However we have to keep a focus on liquidity and cash management even though our track net income through financial accounting

            PURPOSE

            This document sets out the minimum policies and procedures that each institution needs to have in place and apply within its liquidity management programme and the minimum criteria it should use to prudently manage and control its liquidity

            Although this document focuses on the institutionrsquos responsibility for managing liquidity and is intended to address liquidity management within the context of a strategic liquidity plan under ordinary or reasonably expected business conditions liquidity management cannot be conducted in isolation from other assetliability management considerations such as interest and foreign exchange rate risk or other risks However since liquidity determines the day-ti-day viability of an institution it must remain the principal consideration of assetliability management

            Moreover this document presents the management of liquidity undifferentiated as to currency denomination since in principal through the foreign exchange markets commitments in one currency may be met by the availability of funds in another However institutions that conduct substantial business in foreign currencies need to make distinctions between the management of liquidity in domestic currency and that in other currencies

            DEFINITION

            honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

            Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

            LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

            Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

            Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

            Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

            1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

            1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

            For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

            In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

            1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

            1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

            1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

            1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

            Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

            Liquid assets should have the following attributes

            1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

            1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

            1048707 Minimal credit risk

            Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

            Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

            Importance of liquidity management

            1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

            2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

            3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

            evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

            4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

            5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

            Remember the crisis in 2008

            Features of liquidity management

            1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

            2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

            3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

            4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

            5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

            6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

            Control procedures

            Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

            them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

            1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

            1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

            1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

            1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

            expertise required to make effective decisions

            consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

            Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

            Liquidity management programme

            Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

            planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

            regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

            The objectives of liquidity management are

            1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

            1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

            1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

            Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

            1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

            1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

            Funding policy

            Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

            1048707 individual depositor

            1048707 type of deposit instrument

            1048707 market source of deposit

            1048707 term to maturity and

            1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

            The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

            Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

            In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

            Role of board of directors

            The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

            A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

            At a minimum a Board of Directors should

            1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

            1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

            1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

            1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

            1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

            Role of

            management in liquidity management

            The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

            Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

            1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

            1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

            1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

            1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

            1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

            1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

            1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

            1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

            1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

            BEST friend for financial institution

            Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

            Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

            Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

            Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

            Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

            Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

            Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

            Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

            Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

            Ratio of prime assets to total assets

            Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

            Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

            Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

            Interest rate risk management

            Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

            Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

            bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

            bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

            Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

            Management of foreign exchange risk

            bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

            bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

            bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

            Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

            Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

            Benefits of liquidity management

            If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

            Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

            Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

            Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

            The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

            minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

            (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

            Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

            The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

            In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

            Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

            Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

            Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

            Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

            The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

            Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

            Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

            requirements Managing market access

            Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

            The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

            RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

            On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

            uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

            RBI liquidity management measures

            RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

            bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

            bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

            currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

            ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

            On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

            been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

            The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

            percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

            Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

            Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

            Dynamic analysis

            Future Business Assumptions

            The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

            users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

            Funding Alternatives

            Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

            of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

            Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

            Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

            MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

            There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

            MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

            A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

            risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

            grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

            going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

            is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

            increase by about 50 bps

            MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

            Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

            competition increases price wars are becoming more

            frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

            more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

            for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

            can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

            marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

            Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

            time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

            within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

            more dynamic

            MR Richard de Roos

            Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

            to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

            strategic move has already improved profitability

            reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

            responded to an industry need for systems that

            effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

            Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

            technical and quant development was undertaken by

            Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

            in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

            their client flow were established Richard de Roos

            Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

            said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

            process was an important strategic decision As experts

            in the wholesale financial services industry Client

            Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

            improving our performance efficiencies and our

            profitability

            Conclusion

            The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

            Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

            • MR Richard de Roos

              Introduction

              We often hear the word liquidity used in combination with cash management Liquidity is a firmrsquos ability to pay its short-term debt obligations In other words if the firm has adequate liquidity it can pay its current liabilities such as accounts payable Usually accounts payable are debts owe to our suppliers

              There are methods we can use to measure liquidity Financial ratio analysis will help us determine how liquid firm is or how successful it will be in meeting its short-term debt obligations The current ratio will help us determine the ratio of current assets to current liabilities Current assets include cash accounts receivable inventory and occasionally other line items such as marketable securities We need to have more current assets than current liabilities on our balance sheet at all times

              The quick ratio will allow determining if we can pay your short-term debt obligations or current liabilities without having to sell any inventory Itrsquos important for a firm to be able to do this because if we sell have to sell inventory to pay bills that means we have to find a buyer for that inventory Finding a buyer is not always easy or possible

              There is various other measure of liquidity that you will want to use to determine our cash position

              When your business is just starting up we essentially run it out of a check book which is an example of cash accounting As long as there is cash in the account our business is solvent As business becomes more complex we will have to adopt financial accounting However we have to keep a focus on liquidity and cash management even though our track net income through financial accounting

              PURPOSE

              This document sets out the minimum policies and procedures that each institution needs to have in place and apply within its liquidity management programme and the minimum criteria it should use to prudently manage and control its liquidity

              Although this document focuses on the institutionrsquos responsibility for managing liquidity and is intended to address liquidity management within the context of a strategic liquidity plan under ordinary or reasonably expected business conditions liquidity management cannot be conducted in isolation from other assetliability management considerations such as interest and foreign exchange rate risk or other risks However since liquidity determines the day-ti-day viability of an institution it must remain the principal consideration of assetliability management

              Moreover this document presents the management of liquidity undifferentiated as to currency denomination since in principal through the foreign exchange markets commitments in one currency may be met by the availability of funds in another However institutions that conduct substantial business in foreign currencies need to make distinctions between the management of liquidity in domestic currency and that in other currencies

              DEFINITION

              honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

              Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

              LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

              Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

              Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

              Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

              1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

              1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

              For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

              In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

              1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

              1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

              1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

              1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

              Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

              Liquid assets should have the following attributes

              1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

              1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

              1048707 Minimal credit risk

              Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

              Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

              Importance of liquidity management

              1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

              2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

              3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

              evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

              4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

              5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

              Remember the crisis in 2008

              Features of liquidity management

              1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

              2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

              3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

              4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

              5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

              6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

              Control procedures

              Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

              them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

              1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

              1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

              1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

              1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

              expertise required to make effective decisions

              consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

              Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

              Liquidity management programme

              Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

              planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

              regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

              The objectives of liquidity management are

              1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

              1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

              1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

              Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

              1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

              1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

              Funding policy

              Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

              1048707 individual depositor

              1048707 type of deposit instrument

              1048707 market source of deposit

              1048707 term to maturity and

              1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

              The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

              Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

              In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

              Role of board of directors

              The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

              A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

              At a minimum a Board of Directors should

              1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

              1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

              1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

              1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

              1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

              Role of

              management in liquidity management

              The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

              Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

              1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

              1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

              1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

              1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

              1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

              1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

              1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

              1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

              1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

              BEST friend for financial institution

              Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

              Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

              Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

              Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

              Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

              Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

              Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

              Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

              Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

              Ratio of prime assets to total assets

              Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

              Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

              Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

              Interest rate risk management

              Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

              Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

              bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

              bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

              Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

              Management of foreign exchange risk

              bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

              bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

              bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

              Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

              Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

              Benefits of liquidity management

              If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

              Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

              Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

              Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

              The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

              minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

              (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

              Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

              The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

              In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

              Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

              Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

              Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

              Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

              The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

              Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

              Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

              requirements Managing market access

              Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

              The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

              RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

              On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

              uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

              RBI liquidity management measures

              RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

              bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

              bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

              currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

              ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

              On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

              been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

              The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

              percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

              Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

              Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

              Dynamic analysis

              Future Business Assumptions

              The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

              users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

              Funding Alternatives

              Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

              of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

              Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

              Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

              MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

              There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

              MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

              A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

              risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

              grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

              going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

              is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

              increase by about 50 bps

              MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

              Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

              competition increases price wars are becoming more

              frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

              more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

              for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

              can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

              marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

              Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

              time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

              within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

              more dynamic

              MR Richard de Roos

              Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

              to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

              strategic move has already improved profitability

              reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

              responded to an industry need for systems that

              effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

              Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

              technical and quant development was undertaken by

              Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

              in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

              their client flow were established Richard de Roos

              Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

              said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

              process was an important strategic decision As experts

              in the wholesale financial services industry Client

              Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

              improving our performance efficiencies and our

              profitability

              Conclusion

              The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

              Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

              • MR Richard de Roos

                PURPOSE

                This document sets out the minimum policies and procedures that each institution needs to have in place and apply within its liquidity management programme and the minimum criteria it should use to prudently manage and control its liquidity

                Although this document focuses on the institutionrsquos responsibility for managing liquidity and is intended to address liquidity management within the context of a strategic liquidity plan under ordinary or reasonably expected business conditions liquidity management cannot be conducted in isolation from other assetliability management considerations such as interest and foreign exchange rate risk or other risks However since liquidity determines the day-ti-day viability of an institution it must remain the principal consideration of assetliability management

                Moreover this document presents the management of liquidity undifferentiated as to currency denomination since in principal through the foreign exchange markets commitments in one currency may be met by the availability of funds in another However institutions that conduct substantial business in foreign currencies need to make distinctions between the management of liquidity in domestic currency and that in other currencies

                DEFINITION

                honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

                Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

                LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

                Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

                Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

                Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

                1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

                1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

                For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

                In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

                1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

                1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

                1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

                1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

                Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

                Liquid assets should have the following attributes

                1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

                1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

                1048707 Minimal credit risk

                Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

                Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

                Importance of liquidity management

                1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

                2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

                3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

                evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

                4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

                5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

                Remember the crisis in 2008

                Features of liquidity management

                1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                Control procedures

                Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                expertise required to make effective decisions

                consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                Liquidity management programme

                Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                The objectives of liquidity management are

                1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                Funding policy

                Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                1048707 individual depositor

                1048707 type of deposit instrument

                1048707 market source of deposit

                1048707 term to maturity and

                1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                Role of board of directors

                The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                Role of

                management in liquidity management

                The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                BEST friend for financial institution

                Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                Interest rate risk management

                Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                Management of foreign exchange risk

                bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                Benefits of liquidity management

                If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                requirements Managing market access

                Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                RBI liquidity management measures

                RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                Dynamic analysis

                Future Business Assumptions

                The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                Funding Alternatives

                Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                increase by about 50 bps

                MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                competition increases price wars are becoming more

                frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                more dynamic

                MR Richard de Roos

                Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                strategic move has already improved profitability

                reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                responded to an industry need for systems that

                effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                technical and quant development was undertaken by

                Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                process was an important strategic decision As experts

                in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                improving our performance efficiencies and our

                profitability

                Conclusion

                The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                • MR Richard de Roos

                  DEFINITION

                  honors all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) as they all due These Liquidity is the availability of funds or assurance that funds will be available to commitments are generally met through cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or through the institutionrsquos capacity to borrow The risk illiquidity may increase if principal and interest cash flow related to assets liabilities and off-balance sheet items are mismatched

                  Liquidity for bank means the ability to meet financial obligations as they come due Bank lending finances investments in relatively liquid assets but it fund its loans with mostly short term liabilities Thus one of the main challenges to a bank is ensuring its own liquidity under all reasonable conditions

                  LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

                  Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

                  Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

                  Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

                  1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

                  1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

                  For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

                  In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

                  1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

                  1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

                  1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

                  1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

                  Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

                  Liquid assets should have the following attributes

                  1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

                  1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

                  1048707 Minimal credit risk

                  Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

                  Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

                  Importance of liquidity management

                  1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

                  2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

                  3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

                  evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

                  4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

                  5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

                  Remember the crisis in 2008

                  Features of liquidity management

                  1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                  2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                  3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                  4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                  5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                  6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                  Control procedures

                  Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                  them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                  1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                  1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                  1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                  1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                  expertise required to make effective decisions

                  consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                  Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                  Liquidity management programme

                  Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                  planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                  regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                  The objectives of liquidity management are

                  1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                  1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                  1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                  Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                  1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                  1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                  Funding policy

                  Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                  1048707 individual depositor

                  1048707 type of deposit instrument

                  1048707 market source of deposit

                  1048707 term to maturity and

                  1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                  The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                  Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                  In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                  Role of board of directors

                  The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                  A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                  At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                  1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                  1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                  1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                  1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                  1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                  Role of

                  management in liquidity management

                  The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                  Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                  1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                  1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                  1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                  1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                  1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                  1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                  1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                  1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                  1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                  BEST friend for financial institution

                  Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                  Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                  Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                  Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                  Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                  Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                  Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                  Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                  Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                  Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                  Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                  Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                  Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                  Interest rate risk management

                  Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                  Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                  bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                  bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                  Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                  Management of foreign exchange risk

                  bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                  bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                  bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                  Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                  Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                  Benefits of liquidity management

                  If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                  Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                  Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                  Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                  The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                  minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                  (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                  Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                  The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                  In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                  Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                  Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                  Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                  Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                  The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                  Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                  Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                  requirements Managing market access

                  Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                  The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                  RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                  On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                  uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                  RBI liquidity management measures

                  RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                  bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                  bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                  currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                  ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                  On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                  been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                  The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                  percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                  Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                  Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                  Dynamic analysis

                  Future Business Assumptions

                  The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                  users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                  Funding Alternatives

                  Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                  of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                  Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                  Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                  MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                  There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                  MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                  A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                  risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                  grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                  going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                  is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                  increase by about 50 bps

                  MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                  Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                  competition increases price wars are becoming more

                  frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                  more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                  for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                  can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                  marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                  Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                  time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                  within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                  more dynamic

                  MR Richard de Roos

                  Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                  to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                  strategic move has already improved profitability

                  reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                  responded to an industry need for systems that

                  effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                  Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                  technical and quant development was undertaken by

                  Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                  in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                  their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                  Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                  said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                  process was an important strategic decision As experts

                  in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                  Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                  improving our performance efficiencies and our

                  profitability

                  Conclusion

                  The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                  Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                  • MR Richard de Roos

                    LIQUIDITY POLICIES IN BANK

                    Sound and prudent liquidity policies set out the sources and amount of liquidity required to ensure it is adequate for the continuation of operations and to meet all applicable regulatory requirements These policies must be supported by effective procedures to measure achieve and maintain liquidity

                    Operating liquidity is the level of liquidity required to meet an institutionrsquos day-to-day cash outflow commitments Operating requirements are met through assetliability management techniques for controlling cash flows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow

                    Factors influencing an institutionrsquos operating liquidity include

                    1048707 cash flows and the extent to which expected cash flows from maturing assets and liabilities match and

                    1048707 The diversity reliability and stability of funding sources the ability to renew or replace deposits and the capacity to borrow

                    For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

                    In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

                    1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

                    1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

                    1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

                    1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

                    Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

                    Liquid assets should have the following attributes

                    1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

                    1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

                    1048707 Minimal credit risk

                    Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

                    Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

                    Importance of liquidity management

                    1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

                    2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

                    3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

                    evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

                    4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

                    5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

                    Remember the crisis in 2008

                    Features of liquidity management

                    1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                    2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                    3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                    4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                    5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                    6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                    Control procedures

                    Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                    them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                    1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                    1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                    1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                    1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                    expertise required to make effective decisions

                    consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                    Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                    Liquidity management programme

                    Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                    planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                    regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                    The objectives of liquidity management are

                    1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                    1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                    1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                    Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                    1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                    1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                    Funding policy

                    Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                    1048707 individual depositor

                    1048707 type of deposit instrument

                    1048707 market source of deposit

                    1048707 term to maturity and

                    1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                    The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                    Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                    In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                    Role of board of directors

                    The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                    A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                    At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                    1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                    1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                    1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                    1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                    1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                    Role of

                    management in liquidity management

                    The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                    Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                    1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                    1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                    1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                    1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                    1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                    1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                    1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                    1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                    1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                    BEST friend for financial institution

                    Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                    Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                    Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                    Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                    Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                    Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                    Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                    Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                    Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                    Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                    Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                    Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                    Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                    Interest rate risk management

                    Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                    Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                    bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                    bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                    Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                    Management of foreign exchange risk

                    bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                    bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                    bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                    Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                    Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                    Benefits of liquidity management

                    If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                    Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                    Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                    Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                    The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                    minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                    (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                    Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                    The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                    In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                    Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                    Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                    Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                    Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                    The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                    Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                    Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                    requirements Managing market access

                    Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                    The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                    RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                    On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                    uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                    RBI liquidity management measures

                    RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                    bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                    bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                    currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                    ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                    On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                    been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                    The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                    percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                    Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                    Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                    Dynamic analysis

                    Future Business Assumptions

                    The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                    users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                    Funding Alternatives

                    Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                    of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                    Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                    Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                    MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                    There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                    MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                    A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                    risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                    grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                    going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                    is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                    increase by about 50 bps

                    MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                    Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                    competition increases price wars are becoming more

                    frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                    more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                    for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                    can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                    marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                    Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                    time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                    within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                    more dynamic

                    MR Richard de Roos

                    Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                    to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                    strategic move has already improved profitability

                    reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                    responded to an industry need for systems that

                    effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                    Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                    technical and quant development was undertaken by

                    Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                    in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                    their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                    Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                    said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                    process was an important strategic decision As experts

                    in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                    Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                    improving our performance efficiencies and our

                    profitability

                    Conclusion

                    The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                    Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                    • MR Richard de Roos

                      For regulatory purposes an institution is required to hold a specific amount of assets classed as ldquoliquidrdquo based on its deposit liabilities Generally undue reliance should not be placed on these assets or those formally pledged for operating purposes other than as a temporary measure as legally they may not be available for encashment if needed

                      In assessing the adequacy of liquidity each institution needs to accurately and frequently measure

                      1048707 the term profile of current and approaching cash flows generated by assets and liabilities both on- and off-balance sheet

                      1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows are supported by cash inflows over a specified period of time maturing or liquefiable assets and cash on hand

                      1048707 the extent to which potential cash outflows may be supported by the institutionrsquos ability to borrow or to access discretionary funding sources and

                      1048707 The level of statutory liquidity and reserves required and to be maintained

                      Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

                      Liquid assets should have the following attributes

                      1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

                      1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

                      1048707 Minimal credit risk

                      Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

                      Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

                      Importance of liquidity management

                      1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

                      2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

                      3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

                      evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

                      4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

                      5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

                      Remember the crisis in 2008

                      Features of liquidity management

                      1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                      2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                      3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                      4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                      5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                      6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                      Control procedures

                      Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                      them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                      1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                      1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                      1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                      1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                      expertise required to make effective decisions

                      consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                      Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                      Liquidity management programme

                      Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                      planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                      regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                      The objectives of liquidity management are

                      1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                      1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                      1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                      Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                      1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                      1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                      Funding policy

                      Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                      1048707 individual depositor

                      1048707 type of deposit instrument

                      1048707 market source of deposit

                      1048707 term to maturity and

                      1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                      The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                      Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                      In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                      Role of board of directors

                      The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                      A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                      At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                      1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                      1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                      1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                      1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                      1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                      Role of

                      management in liquidity management

                      The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                      Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                      1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                      1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                      1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                      1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                      1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                      1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                      1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                      1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                      1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                      BEST friend for financial institution

                      Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                      Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                      Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                      Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                      Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                      Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                      Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                      Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                      Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                      Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                      Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                      Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                      Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                      Interest rate risk management

                      Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                      Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                      bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                      bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                      Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                      Management of foreign exchange risk

                      bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                      bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                      bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                      Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                      Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                      Benefits of liquidity management

                      If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                      Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                      Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                      Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                      The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                      minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                      (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                      Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                      The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                      In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                      Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                      Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                      Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                      Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                      The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                      Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                      Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                      requirements Managing market access

                      Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                      The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                      RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                      On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                      uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                      RBI liquidity management measures

                      RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                      bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                      bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                      currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                      ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                      On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                      been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                      The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                      percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                      Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                      Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                      Dynamic analysis

                      Future Business Assumptions

                      The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                      users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                      Funding Alternatives

                      Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                      of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                      Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                      Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                      MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                      There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                      MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                      A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                      risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                      grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                      going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                      is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                      increase by about 50 bps

                      MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                      Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                      competition increases price wars are becoming more

                      frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                      more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                      for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                      can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                      marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                      Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                      time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                      within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                      more dynamic

                      MR Richard de Roos

                      Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                      to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                      strategic move has already improved profitability

                      reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                      responded to an industry need for systems that

                      effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                      Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                      technical and quant development was undertaken by

                      Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                      in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                      their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                      Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                      said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                      process was an important strategic decision As experts

                      in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                      Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                      improving our performance efficiencies and our

                      profitability

                      Conclusion

                      The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                      Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                      • MR Richard de Roos

                        Essentially operating liquidity is adequate if the institutionrsquos approaching cash inflows supplemented by assets readily convertible to cash or by an institutionrsquos ability to borrow are sufficient to meet approaching cash outflow obligations In this context because the timing and amount of these cash flows are not completely predictable because of risks such as credit defaults and events including honouring customer drawdownrsquos on credit commitments deposit redemptions and prepayments either on mortgages or term loans sound and prudent liquidity policies must deal with this uncertainty by carefully controlling the maturity of assets ensuring assets are readily convertible to cash or securing sources to borrow funds

                        Liquid assets should have the following attributes

                        1048707 diversified residual maturities appropriate for the institutionrsquos specific cash flow needs

                        1048707 readily marketable or convertible into cash and

                        1048707 Minimal credit risk

                        Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

                        Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

                        Importance of liquidity management

                        1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

                        2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

                        3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

                        evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

                        4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

                        5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

                        Remember the crisis in 2008

                        Features of liquidity management

                        1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                        2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                        3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                        4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                        5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                        6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                        Control procedures

                        Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                        them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                        1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                        1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                        1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                        1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                        expertise required to make effective decisions

                        consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                        Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                        Liquidity management programme

                        Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                        planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                        regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                        The objectives of liquidity management are

                        1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                        1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                        1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                        Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                        1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                        1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                        Funding policy

                        Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                        1048707 individual depositor

                        1048707 type of deposit instrument

                        1048707 market source of deposit

                        1048707 term to maturity and

                        1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                        The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                        Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                        In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                        Role of board of directors

                        The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                        A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                        At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                        1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                        1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                        1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                        1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                        1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                        Role of

                        management in liquidity management

                        The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                        Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                        1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                        1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                        1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                        1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                        1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                        1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                        1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                        1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                        1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                        BEST friend for financial institution

                        Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                        Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                        Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                        Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                        Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                        Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                        Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                        Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                        Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                        Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                        Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                        Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                        Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                        Interest rate risk management

                        Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                        Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                        bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                        bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                        Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                        Management of foreign exchange risk

                        bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                        bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                        bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                        Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                        Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                        Benefits of liquidity management

                        If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                        Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                        Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                        Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                        The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                        minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                        (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                        Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                        The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                        In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                        Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                        Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                        Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                        Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                        The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                        Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                        Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                        requirements Managing market access

                        Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                        The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                        RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                        On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                        uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                        RBI liquidity management measures

                        RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                        bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                        bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                        currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                        ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                        On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                        been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                        The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                        percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                        Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                        Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                        Dynamic analysis

                        Future Business Assumptions

                        The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                        users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                        Funding Alternatives

                        Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                        of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                        Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                        Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                        MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                        There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                        MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                        A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                        risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                        grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                        going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                        is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                        increase by about 50 bps

                        MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                        Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                        competition increases price wars are becoming more

                        frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                        more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                        for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                        can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                        marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                        Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                        time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                        within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                        more dynamic

                        MR Richard de Roos

                        Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                        to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                        strategic move has already improved profitability

                        reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                        responded to an industry need for systems that

                        effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                        Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                        technical and quant development was undertaken by

                        Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                        in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                        their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                        Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                        said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                        process was an important strategic decision As experts

                        in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                        Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                        improving our performance efficiencies and our

                        profitability

                        Conclusion

                        The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                        Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                        • MR Richard de Roos

                          Holding assets in liquid form for liquidity purposes will often involve some loss of earnings capacity relative to other investment opportunities Nevertheless the primary objective with respect to managing the liquid asset portfolio is to ensure its quality and convertibility into cash

                          Liquidity lines and funding facilities may also have a role within an institutionrsquos liquidity programme by helping an institution protect itself against temporary difficulties that might occur when honouring cash outflow commitments Examples are the need to draw on credit facilities to meet unforeseen clearing commitments and to meet credit commitments with drawdown at the customerrsquos option Undue reliance should not be placed on these facilities (including those that may be irrevocable or for which a fee is paid) as substitutes for traditional funding sources as they are generally very short term in nature they are costly compared with other funding sources and their availability could be withheld by the provider of the facility Institutions using these sources for liquidity need to ensure that the provider of a facility has an appropriate credit standing and capacity

                          Importance of liquidity management

                          1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

                          2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

                          3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

                          evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

                          4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

                          5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

                          Remember the crisis in 2008

                          Features of liquidity management

                          1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                          2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                          3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                          4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                          5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                          6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                          Control procedures

                          Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                          them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                          1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                          1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                          1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                          1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                          expertise required to make effective decisions

                          consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                          Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                          Liquidity management programme

                          Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                          planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                          regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                          The objectives of liquidity management are

                          1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                          1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                          1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                          Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                          1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                          1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                          Funding policy

                          Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                          1048707 individual depositor

                          1048707 type of deposit instrument

                          1048707 market source of deposit

                          1048707 term to maturity and

                          1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                          The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                          Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                          In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                          Role of board of directors

                          The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                          A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                          At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                          1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                          1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                          1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                          1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                          1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                          Role of

                          management in liquidity management

                          The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                          Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                          1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                          1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                          1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                          1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                          1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                          1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                          1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                          1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                          1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                          BEST friend for financial institution

                          Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                          Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                          Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                          Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                          Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                          Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                          Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                          Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                          Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                          Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                          Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                          Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                          Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                          Interest rate risk management

                          Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                          Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                          bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                          bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                          Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                          Management of foreign exchange risk

                          bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                          bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                          bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                          Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                          Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                          Benefits of liquidity management

                          If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                          Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                          Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                          Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                          The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                          minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                          (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                          Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                          The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                          In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                          Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                          Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                          Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                          Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                          The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                          Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                          Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                          requirements Managing market access

                          Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                          The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                          RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                          On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                          uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                          RBI liquidity management measures

                          RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                          bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                          bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                          currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                          ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                          On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                          been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                          The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                          percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                          Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                          Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                          Dynamic analysis

                          Future Business Assumptions

                          The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                          users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                          Funding Alternatives

                          Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                          of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                          Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                          Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                          MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                          There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                          MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                          A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                          risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                          grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                          going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                          is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                          increase by about 50 bps

                          MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                          Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                          competition increases price wars are becoming more

                          frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                          more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                          for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                          can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                          marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                          Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                          time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                          within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                          more dynamic

                          MR Richard de Roos

                          Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                          to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                          strategic move has already improved profitability

                          reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                          responded to an industry need for systems that

                          effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                          Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                          technical and quant development was undertaken by

                          Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                          in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                          their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                          Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                          said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                          process was an important strategic decision As experts

                          in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                          Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                          improving our performance efficiencies and our

                          profitability

                          Conclusion

                          The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                          Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                          • MR Richard de Roos

                            Importance of liquidity management

                            1Review the contractual terms of borrowing contracts and indentures to assess any liquidity implications Determine whether the contracts and indentures contain options and other option-like features that could have adverse liquidity implications

                            2 Ensure that management is aware of the terms triggers and parameters of borrowing relationships with the FHLB and FRB especially as they relate to lending curtailments and nonfunding under various scenarios Verify that management has appropriately considered and incorporated as applicable these features into its stress test and scenario analysis and contingent funding plan Obtain the results of the most recent FHLB and FRB current ratings and onsite loan reviews from bank management and assess the steps taken by management to address concerns anddocumentation exceptions

                            3 Verify that management periodically tests the availability of funds under its various borrowing relationships especially those involving nongovernment entities such as other banking organizations Ensure that such testing becomes more frequent when there is

                            evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

                            4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

                            5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

                            Remember the crisis in 2008

                            Features of liquidity management

                            1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                            2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                            3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                            4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                            5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                            6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                            Control procedures

                            Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                            them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                            1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                            1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                            1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                            1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                            expertise required to make effective decisions

                            consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                            Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                            Liquidity management programme

                            Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                            planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                            regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                            The objectives of liquidity management are

                            1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                            1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                            1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                            Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                            1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                            1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                            Funding policy

                            Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                            1048707 individual depositor

                            1048707 type of deposit instrument

                            1048707 market source of deposit

                            1048707 term to maturity and

                            1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                            The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                            Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                            In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                            Role of board of directors

                            The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                            A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                            At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                            1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                            1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                            1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                            1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                            1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                            Role of

                            management in liquidity management

                            The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                            Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                            1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                            1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                            1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                            1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                            1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                            1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                            1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                            1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                            1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                            BEST friend for financial institution

                            Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                            Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                            Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                            Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                            Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                            Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                            Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                            Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                            Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                            Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                            Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                            Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                            Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                            Interest rate risk management

                            Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                            Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                            bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                            bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                            Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                            Management of foreign exchange risk

                            bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                            bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                            bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                            Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                            Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                            Benefits of liquidity management

                            If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                            Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                            Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                            Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                            The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                            minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                            (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                            Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                            The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                            In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                            Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                            Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                            Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                            Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                            The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                            Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                            Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                            requirements Managing market access

                            Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                            The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                            RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                            On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                            uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                            RBI liquidity management measures

                            RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                            bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                            bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                            currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                            ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                            On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                            been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                            The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                            percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                            Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                            Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                            Dynamic analysis

                            Future Business Assumptions

                            The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                            users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                            Funding Alternatives

                            Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                            of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                            Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                            Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                            MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                            There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                            MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                            A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                            risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                            grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                            going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                            is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                            increase by about 50 bps

                            MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                            Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                            competition increases price wars are becoming more

                            frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                            more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                            for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                            can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                            marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                            Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                            time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                            within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                            more dynamic

                            MR Richard de Roos

                            Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                            to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                            strategic move has already improved profitability

                            reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                            responded to an industry need for systems that

                            effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                            Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                            technical and quant development was undertaken by

                            Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                            in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                            their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                            Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                            said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                            process was an important strategic decision As experts

                            in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                            Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                            improving our performance efficiencies and our

                            profitability

                            Conclusion

                            The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                            Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                            • MR Richard de Roos

                              evidence or indications of approaching stressful market conditions

                              4 Determine the trend and stability of deposits Ensure that management is aware that the FDIC is unlikely to grant brokered deposit waivers to savings associations falling below well-capitalized status and has considered this in its contingent funding plan

                              5 Determine the ability of the savings association to securitize and sell certain pools of assets including nontraditional mortgage products less than prime loans home equity loans credit card receivables automobile loans and commercial real estateloans

                              Remember the crisis in 2008

                              Features of liquidity management

                              1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                              2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                              3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                              4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                              5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                              6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                              Control procedures

                              Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                              them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                              1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                              1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                              1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                              1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                              expertise required to make effective decisions

                              consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                              Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                              Liquidity management programme

                              Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                              planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                              regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                              The objectives of liquidity management are

                              1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                              1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                              1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                              Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                              1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                              1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                              Funding policy

                              Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                              1048707 individual depositor

                              1048707 type of deposit instrument

                              1048707 market source of deposit

                              1048707 term to maturity and

                              1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                              The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                              Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                              In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                              Role of board of directors

                              The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                              A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                              At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                              1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                              1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                              1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                              1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                              1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                              Role of

                              management in liquidity management

                              The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                              Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                              1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                              1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                              1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                              1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                              1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                              1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                              1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                              1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                              1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                              BEST friend for financial institution

                              Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                              Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                              Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                              Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                              Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                              Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                              Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                              Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                              Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                              Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                              Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                              Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                              Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                              Interest rate risk management

                              Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                              Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                              bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                              bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                              Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                              Management of foreign exchange risk

                              bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                              bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                              bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                              Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                              Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                              Benefits of liquidity management

                              If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                              Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                              Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                              Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                              The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                              minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                              (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                              Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                              The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                              In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                              Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                              Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                              Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                              Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                              The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                              Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                              Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                              requirements Managing market access

                              Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                              The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                              RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                              On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                              uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                              RBI liquidity management measures

                              RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                              bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                              bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                              currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                              ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                              On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                              been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                              The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                              percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                              Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                              Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                              Dynamic analysis

                              Future Business Assumptions

                              The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                              users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                              Funding Alternatives

                              Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                              of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                              Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                              Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                              MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                              There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                              MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                              A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                              risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                              grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                              going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                              is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                              increase by about 50 bps

                              MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                              Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                              competition increases price wars are becoming more

                              frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                              more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                              for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                              can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                              marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                              Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                              time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                              within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                              more dynamic

                              MR Richard de Roos

                              Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                              to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                              strategic move has already improved profitability

                              reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                              responded to an industry need for systems that

                              effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                              Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                              technical and quant development was undertaken by

                              Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                              in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                              their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                              Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                              said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                              process was an important strategic decision As experts

                              in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                              Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                              improving our performance efficiencies and our

                              profitability

                              Conclusion

                              The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                              Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                              • MR Richard de Roos

                                Remember the crisis in 2008

                                Features of liquidity management

                                1 Banks need liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and to fund loan demands

                                2 The variability of loan demands and variability of deposits determine bankrsquos liquidity needs It represents the ability to accommodate decreases in liability and to fund increases in assets

                                3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                                4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                                5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                                6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                                Control procedures

                                Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                                them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                                1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                                1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                                1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                                1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                                expertise required to make effective decisions

                                consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                                Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                                Liquidity management programme

                                Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                                planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                                regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                                The objectives of liquidity management are

                                1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                                1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                                1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                                Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                                1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                                1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                                Funding policy

                                Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                                1048707 individual depositor

                                1048707 type of deposit instrument

                                1048707 market source of deposit

                                1048707 term to maturity and

                                1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                                The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                                Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                                In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                                Role of board of directors

                                The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                Role of

                                management in liquidity management

                                The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                BEST friend for financial institution

                                Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                Interest rate risk management

                                Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                Management of foreign exchange risk

                                bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                Benefits of liquidity management

                                If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                requirements Managing market access

                                Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                RBI liquidity management measures

                                RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                Dynamic analysis

                                Future Business Assumptions

                                The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                Funding Alternatives

                                Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                increase by about 50 bps

                                MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                more dynamic

                                MR Richard de Roos

                                Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                strategic move has already improved profitability

                                reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                responded to an industry need for systems that

                                effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                profitability

                                Conclusion

                                The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                • MR Richard de Roos

                                  3 It demonstrates the market place that the bank is safe and therefore capable of repaying its borrowings

                                  4 It enables bank to meet its prior loan commitments whether formal or informal

                                  5 It enables bank to avoid the unprofitable sale of assets

                                  6 It lowers the size of the default risk premium the bank must pay for funds

                                  Control procedures

                                  Each licensee needs to develop and implement effective and comprehensive procedures and information systems to manage and control liquidity in accordance with its liquidity and funding policies These procedures must be appropriate to the size and complexity of the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding activities Internal inspectionsaudits are a key element in managing and controlling an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme Each institution should use

                                  them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                                  1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                                  1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                                  1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                                  1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                                  expertise required to make effective decisions

                                  consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                                  Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                                  Liquidity management programme

                                  Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                                  planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                                  regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                                  The objectives of liquidity management are

                                  1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                                  1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                                  1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                                  Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                                  1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                                  1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                                  Funding policy

                                  Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                                  1048707 individual depositor

                                  1048707 type of deposit instrument

                                  1048707 market source of deposit

                                  1048707 term to maturity and

                                  1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                                  The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                                  Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                                  In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                                  Role of board of directors

                                  The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                  A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                  At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                  1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                  1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                  1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                  1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                  1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                  Role of

                                  management in liquidity management

                                  The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                  Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                  1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                  1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                  1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                  1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                  1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                  1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                  1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                  1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                  1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                  BEST friend for financial institution

                                  Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                  Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                  Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                  Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                  Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                  Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                  Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                  Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                  Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                  Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                  Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                  Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                  Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                  Interest rate risk management

                                  Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                  Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                  bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                  bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                  Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                  Management of foreign exchange risk

                                  bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                  bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                  bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                  Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                  Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                  Benefits of liquidity management

                                  If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                  Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                  Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                  Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                  The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                  minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                  (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                  Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                  The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                  In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                  Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                  Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                  Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                  Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                  The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                  Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                  Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                  requirements Managing market access

                                  Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                  The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                  RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                  On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                  uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                  RBI liquidity management measures

                                  RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                  bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                  bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                  currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                  ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                  On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                  been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                  The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                  percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                  Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                  Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                  Dynamic analysis

                                  Future Business Assumptions

                                  The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                  users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                  Funding Alternatives

                                  Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                  of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                  Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                  Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                  MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                  There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                  MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                  A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                  risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                  grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                  going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                  is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                  increase by about 50 bps

                                  MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                  Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                  competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                  frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                  more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                  for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                  can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                  marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                  Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                  time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                  within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                  more dynamic

                                  MR Richard de Roos

                                  Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                  to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                  strategic move has already improved profitability

                                  reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                  responded to an industry need for systems that

                                  effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                  Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                  technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                  Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                  in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                  their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                  Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                  said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                  process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                  in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                  Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                  improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                  profitability

                                  Conclusion

                                  The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                  Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                  • MR Richard de Roos

                                    them to ensure that liquidity management complies with liquidity and funding policies and procedures Internal inspectionsaudits should at a minimum randomly test all aspects of liquidity management in order to

                                    1048707 ensure liquidity and funding policies and procedures are being adhered to

                                    1048707 ensure effective controls apply to managing liquidity

                                    1048707 verify the adequacy and accuracy of management information reports and

                                    1048707 ensure that personnel involved in the liquidity management fully understand the institutionrsquos liquidity and funding policies and have the

                                    expertise required to make effective decisions

                                    consistent with the liquidity and funding policies

                                    Assessments of the liquidity management operation should be presented to the institutionrsquos Board of Directors on a timely basis for review

                                    Liquidity management programme

                                    Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                                    planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                                    regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                                    The objectives of liquidity management are

                                    1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                                    1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                                    1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                                    Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                                    1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                                    1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                                    Funding policy

                                    Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                                    1048707 individual depositor

                                    1048707 type of deposit instrument

                                    1048707 market source of deposit

                                    1048707 term to maturity and

                                    1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                                    The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                                    Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                                    In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                                    Role of board of directors

                                    The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                    A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                    At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                    1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                    1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                    1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                    1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                    1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                    Role of

                                    management in liquidity management

                                    The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                    Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                    1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                    1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                    1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                    1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                    1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                    1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                    1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                    1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                    1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                    BEST friend for financial institution

                                    Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                    Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                    Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                    Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                    Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                    Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                    Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                    Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                    Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                    Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                    Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                    Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                    Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                    Interest rate risk management

                                    Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                    Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                    bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                    bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                    Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                    Management of foreign exchange risk

                                    bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                    bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                    bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                    Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                    Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                    Benefits of liquidity management

                                    If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                    Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                    Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                    Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                    The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                    minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                    (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                    Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                    The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                    In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                    Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                    Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                    Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                    Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                    The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                    Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                    Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                    requirements Managing market access

                                    Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                    The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                    RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                    On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                    uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                    RBI liquidity management measures

                                    RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                    bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                    bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                    currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                    ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                    On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                    been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                    The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                    percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                    Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                    Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                    Dynamic analysis

                                    Future Business Assumptions

                                    The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                    users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                    Funding Alternatives

                                    Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                    of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                    Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                    Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                    MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                    There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                    MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                    A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                    risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                    grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                    going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                    is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                    increase by about 50 bps

                                    MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                    Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                    competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                    frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                    more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                    for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                    can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                    marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                    Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                    time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                    within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                    more dynamic

                                    MR Richard de Roos

                                    Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                    to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                    strategic move has already improved profitability

                                    reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                    responded to an industry need for systems that

                                    effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                    Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                    technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                    Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                    in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                    their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                    Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                    said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                    process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                    in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                    Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                    improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                    profitability

                                    Conclusion

                                    The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                    Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                    • MR Richard de Roos

                                      Liquidity management programme

                                      Managing liquidity is a fundamental component in the safe and sound management of all financial institutions Sound liquidity management involves prudently managing assets and liabilities (on- and off-balance sheet) both as to cash flow and concentration to ensure that cash inflows have an appropriate relationship to approaching cash outflows This needs to be supported by a process of liquidity

                                      planning which assesses potential future liquidity needs taking into account changes in economic

                                      regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                                      The objectives of liquidity management are

                                      1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                                      1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                                      1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                                      Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                                      1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                                      1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                                      Funding policy

                                      Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                                      1048707 individual depositor

                                      1048707 type of deposit instrument

                                      1048707 market source of deposit

                                      1048707 term to maturity and

                                      1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                                      The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                                      Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                                      In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                                      Role of board of directors

                                      The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                      A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                      At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                      1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                      1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                      1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                      1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                      1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                      Role of

                                      management in liquidity management

                                      The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                      Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                      1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                      1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                      1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                      1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                      1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                      1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                      1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                      1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                      1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                      BEST friend for financial institution

                                      Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                      Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                      Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                      Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                      Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                      Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                      Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                      Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                      Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                      Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                      Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                      Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                      Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                      Interest rate risk management

                                      Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                      Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                      bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                      bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                      Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                      Management of foreign exchange risk

                                      bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                      bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                      bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                      Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                      Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                      Benefits of liquidity management

                                      If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                      Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                      Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                      Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                      The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                      minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                      (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                      Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                      The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                      In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                      Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                      Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                      Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                      Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                      The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                      Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                      Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                      requirements Managing market access

                                      Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                      The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                      RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                      On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                      uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                      RBI liquidity management measures

                                      RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                      bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                      bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                      currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                      ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                      On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                      been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                      The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                      percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                      Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                      Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                      Dynamic analysis

                                      Future Business Assumptions

                                      The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                      users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                      Funding Alternatives

                                      Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                      of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                      Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                      Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                      MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                      There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                      MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                      A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                      risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                      grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                      going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                      is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                      increase by about 50 bps

                                      MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                      Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                      competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                      frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                      more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                      for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                      can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                      marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                      Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                      time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                      within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                      more dynamic

                                      MR Richard de Roos

                                      Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                      to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                      strategic move has already improved profitability

                                      reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                      responded to an industry need for systems that

                                      effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                      Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                      technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                      Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                      in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                      their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                      Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                      said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                      process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                      in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                      Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                      improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                      profitability

                                      Conclusion

                                      The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                      Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                      • MR Richard de Roos

                                        regulatory or other operating conditions Such planning involves identifying known expected and potential cash outflows and weighing alternative assetliability management strategies to ensure that adequate cash inflows will be available to the institution to meet these needs

                                        The objectives of liquidity management are

                                        1048707 honouring all cash outflow commitments (both on- and off-balance sheet) on an ongoing daily basis

                                        1048707 avoiding raising funds at market premiums or through the forced sale of assets and

                                        1048707 satisfying statutory liquidity and statutory reserve requirements

                                        Although the particulars of liquidity management will differ among institutions depending upon the nature and complexity of their operations and risk profile a comprehensive liquidity management programme requires

                                        1048707 establishing and implementing sound and prudent liquidity and funding policies and

                                        1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                                        Funding policy

                                        Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                                        1048707 individual depositor

                                        1048707 type of deposit instrument

                                        1048707 market source of deposit

                                        1048707 term to maturity and

                                        1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                                        The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                                        Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                                        In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                                        Role of board of directors

                                        The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                        A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                        At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                        1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                        1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                        1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                        1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                        1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                        Role of

                                        management in liquidity management

                                        The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                        Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                        1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                        1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                        1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                        1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                        1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                        1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                        1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                        1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                        1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                        BEST friend for financial institution

                                        Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                        Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                        Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                        Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                        Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                        Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                        Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                        Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                        Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                        Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                        Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                        Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                        Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                        Interest rate risk management

                                        Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                        Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                        bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                        bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                        Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                        Management of foreign exchange risk

                                        bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                        bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                        bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                        Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                        Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                        Benefits of liquidity management

                                        If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                        Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                        Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                        Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                        The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                        minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                        (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                        Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                        The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                        In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                        Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                        Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                        Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                        Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                        The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                        Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                        Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                        requirements Managing market access

                                        Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                        The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                        RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                        On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                        uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                        RBI liquidity management measures

                                        RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                        bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                        bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                        currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                        ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                        On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                        been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                        The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                        percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                        Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                        Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                        Dynamic analysis

                                        Future Business Assumptions

                                        The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                        users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                        Funding Alternatives

                                        Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                        of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                        Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                        Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                        MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                        There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                        MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                        A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                        risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                        grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                        going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                        is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                        increase by about 50 bps

                                        MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                        Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                        competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                        frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                        more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                        for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                        can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                        marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                        Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                        time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                        within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                        more dynamic

                                        MR Richard de Roos

                                        Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                        to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                        strategic move has already improved profitability

                                        reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                        responded to an industry need for systems that

                                        effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                        Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                        technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                        Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                        in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                        their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                        Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                        said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                        process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                        in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                        Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                        improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                        profitability

                                        Conclusion

                                        The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                        Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                        • MR Richard de Roos

                                          1048707 developing and implementing effective techniques and procedures to monitor measure and control the institutionrsquos liquidity requirements and position

                                          Funding policy

                                          Deposit liabilities are the primary source of funding for all institutions In this context an important element of an institutionrsquos liquidity management programme is the diversification of funding by origination and term structure Each institution needs to have explicit and prudent policies that ensure funding is not unduly concentrated with respect to

                                          1048707 individual depositor

                                          1048707 type of deposit instrument

                                          1048707 market source of deposit

                                          1048707 term to maturity and

                                          1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                                          The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                                          Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                                          In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                                          Role of board of directors

                                          The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                          A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                          At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                          1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                          1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                          1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                          1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                          1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                          Role of

                                          management in liquidity management

                                          The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                          Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                          1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                          1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                          1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                          1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                          1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                          1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                          1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                          1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                          1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                          BEST friend for financial institution

                                          Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                          Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                          Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                          Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                          Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                          Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                          Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                          Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                          Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                          Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                          Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                          Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                          Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                          Interest rate risk management

                                          Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                          Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                          bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                          bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                          Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                          Management of foreign exchange risk

                                          bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                          bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                          bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                          Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                          Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                          Benefits of liquidity management

                                          If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                          Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                          Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                          Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                          The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                          minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                          (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                          Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                          The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                          In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                          Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                          Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                          Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                          Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                          The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                          Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                          Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                          requirements Managing market access

                                          Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                          The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                          RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                          On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                          uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                          RBI liquidity management measures

                                          RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                          bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                          bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                          currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                          ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                          On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                          been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                          The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                          percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                          Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                          Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                          Dynamic analysis

                                          Future Business Assumptions

                                          The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                          users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                          Funding Alternatives

                                          Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                          of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                          Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                          Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                          MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                          There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                          MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                          A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                          risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                          grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                          going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                          is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                          increase by about 50 bps

                                          MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                          Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                          competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                          frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                          more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                          for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                          can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                          marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                          Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                          time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                          within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                          more dynamic

                                          MR Richard de Roos

                                          Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                          to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                          strategic move has already improved profitability

                                          reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                          responded to an industry need for systems that

                                          effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                          Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                          technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                          Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                          in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                          their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                          Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                          said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                          process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                          in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                          Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                          improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                          profitability

                                          Conclusion

                                          The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                          Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                          • MR Richard de Roos

                                            1048707 market source of deposit

                                            1048707 term to maturity and

                                            1048707 currency of deposit if the institution has liabilities (both on- and off-balance sheet) in foreign currencies

                                            The primary funding risk is the unplanned deposit withdrawal or the reduced rate of deposit renewal at the time of maturity Deposits may decline due to a loss of confidence in the institution a general decline in savings more attractive investments elsewhere or as a result of other factors

                                            Concentrated funding sources leave the institution open to potential liquidity problems as a result of such unexpected deposit withdrawal and may also restrict an institutionrsquos flexibility in managing its cash flow Institutions with excessive funding concentrations may require additional liquid assets

                                            In the context of foreign currency deposits funding policies also need to ensure that foreign currency cash flows are prudently managed and controlled within the policies and procedures set out under the institutionrsquos foreign exchange risk management programme

                                            Role of board of directors

                                            The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                            A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                            At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                            1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                            1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                            1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                            1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                            1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                            Role of

                                            management in liquidity management

                                            The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                            Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                            1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                            1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                            1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                            1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                            1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                            1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                            1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                            1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                            1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                            BEST friend for financial institution

                                            Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                            Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                            Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                            Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                            Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                            Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                            Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                            Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                            Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                            Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                            Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                            Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                            Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                            Interest rate risk management

                                            Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                            Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                            bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                            bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                            Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                            Management of foreign exchange risk

                                            bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                            bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                            bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                            Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                            Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                            Benefits of liquidity management

                                            If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                            Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                            Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                            Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                            The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                            minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                            (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                            Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                            The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                            In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                            Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                            Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                            Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                            Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                            The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                            Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                            Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                            requirements Managing market access

                                            Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                            The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                            RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                            On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                            uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                            RBI liquidity management measures

                                            RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                            bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                            bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                            currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                            ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                            On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                            been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                            The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                            percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                            Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                            Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                            Dynamic analysis

                                            Future Business Assumptions

                                            The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                            users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                            Funding Alternatives

                                            Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                            of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                            Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                            Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                            MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                            There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                            MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                            A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                            risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                            grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                            going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                            is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                            increase by about 50 bps

                                            MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                            Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                            competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                            frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                            more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                            for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                            can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                            marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                            Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                            time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                            within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                            more dynamic

                                            MR Richard de Roos

                                            Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                            to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                            strategic move has already improved profitability

                                            reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                            responded to an industry need for systems that

                                            effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                            Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                            technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                            Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                            in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                            their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                            Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                            said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                            process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                            in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                            Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                            improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                            profitability

                                            Conclusion

                                            The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                            Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                            • MR Richard de Roos

                                              Role of board of directors

                                              The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                              A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                              At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                              1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                              1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                              1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                              1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                              1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                              Role of

                                              management in liquidity management

                                              The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                              Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                              1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                              1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                              1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                              1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                              1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                              1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                              1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                              1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                              1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                              BEST friend for financial institution

                                              Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                              Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                              Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                              Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                              Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                              Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                              Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                              Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                              Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                              Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                              Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                              Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                              Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                              Interest rate risk management

                                              Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                              Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                              bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                              bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                              Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                              Management of foreign exchange risk

                                              bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                              bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                              bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                              Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                              Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                              Benefits of liquidity management

                                              If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                              Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                              Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                              Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                              The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                              minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                              (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                              Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                              The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                              In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                              Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                              Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                              Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                              Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                              The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                              Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                              Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                              requirements Managing market access

                                              Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                              The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                              RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                              On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                              uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                              RBI liquidity management measures

                                              RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                              bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                              bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                              currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                              ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                              On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                              been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                              The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                              percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                              Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                              Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                              Dynamic analysis

                                              Future Business Assumptions

                                              The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                              users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                              Funding Alternatives

                                              Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                              of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                              Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                              Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                              MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                              There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                              MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                              A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                              risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                              grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                              going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                              is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                              increase by about 50 bps

                                              MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                              Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                              competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                              frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                              more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                              for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                              can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                              marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                              Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                              time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                              within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                              more dynamic

                                              MR Richard de Roos

                                              Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                              to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                              strategic move has already improved profitability

                                              reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                              responded to an industry need for systems that

                                              effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                              Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                              technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                              Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                              in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                              their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                              Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                              said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                              process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                              in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                              Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                              improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                              profitability

                                              Conclusion

                                              The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                              Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                              • MR Richard de Roos

                                                The Board of Directors of each institution is ultimately responsible for the institutionrsquos liquidity In discharging this responsibility a Board of Directors usually charges management with developing liquidity and funding policies for the boardrsquos approval and developing and implementing procedures to measure manage and control liquidity within these policies

                                                A Board of Directors needs to have a means of ensuring compliance with the liquidity management programme A Board of Directors generally ensures compliance through periodic reporting by management and internal inspectorsauditors The reports must provide sufficient information to satisfy the Board of Directors that the institution is complying with its liquidity management programme

                                                At a minimum a Board of Directors should

                                                1048707 review and approve liquidity and funding policies based on recommendations by the institutionrsquos management

                                                1048707 review periodically but at least once a year the liquidity management programme

                                                1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                                1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                                1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                                Role of

                                                management in liquidity management

                                                The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                                Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                                1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                                1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                                1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                                1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                                1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                                1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                                1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                                1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                                1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                                BEST friend for financial institution

                                                Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                                Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                                Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                                Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                                Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                                Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                                Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                                Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                                Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                                Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                                Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                                Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                                Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                                Interest rate risk management

                                                Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                                Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                                bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                                bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                                Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                                Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                Benefits of liquidity management

                                                If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                requirements Managing market access

                                                Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                RBI liquidity management measures

                                                RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                Dynamic analysis

                                                Future Business Assumptions

                                                The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                Funding Alternatives

                                                Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                increase by about 50 bps

                                                MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                more dynamic

                                                MR Richard de Roos

                                                Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                profitability

                                                Conclusion

                                                The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                • MR Richard de Roos

                                                  1048707 ensure that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews the liquidity and funding operations to ensure that the institutionrsquos policies and procedures are appropriate and are being adhered to

                                                  1048707 ensure the selection and appointment of qualified and competent management to administer the liquidity management function and

                                                  1048707 outline the content and frequency of management liquidity reports to the board

                                                  Role of

                                                  management in liquidity management

                                                  The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                                  Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                                  1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                                  1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                                  1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                                  1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                                  1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                                  1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                                  1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                                  1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                                  1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                                  BEST friend for financial institution

                                                  Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                                  Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                                  Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                                  Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                                  Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                                  Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                                  Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                                  Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                                  Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                                  Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                                  Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                                  Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                                  Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                                  Interest rate risk management

                                                  Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                                  Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                                  bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                                  bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                                  Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                                  Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                  bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                  bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                  bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                  Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                  Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                  Benefits of liquidity management

                                                  If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                  Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                  Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                  Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                  The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                  minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                  (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                  Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                  The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                  In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                  Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                  Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                  Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                  Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                  The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                  Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                  Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                  requirements Managing market access

                                                  Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                  The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                  RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                  On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                  uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                  RBI liquidity management measures

                                                  RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                  bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                  bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                  currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                  ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                  On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                  been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                  The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                  percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                  Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                  Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                  Dynamic analysis

                                                  Future Business Assumptions

                                                  The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                  users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                  Funding Alternatives

                                                  Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                  of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                  Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                  Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                  MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                  There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                  MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                  A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                  risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                  grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                  going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                  is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                  increase by about 50 bps

                                                  MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                  Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                  competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                  frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                  more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                  for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                  can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                  marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                  Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                  time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                  within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                  more dynamic

                                                  MR Richard de Roos

                                                  Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                  to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                  strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                  reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                  responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                  effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                  Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                  technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                  Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                  in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                  their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                  Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                  said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                  process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                  in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                  Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                  improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                  profitability

                                                  Conclusion

                                                  The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                  Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                  • MR Richard de Roos

                                                    The management of each institution is responsible for managing and controlling the day-to-day liquidity of the institution according to the liquidity management programme

                                                    Although specific liquidity management responsibilities will vary from one institution to another management should be responsible for

                                                    1048707 developing and recommending liquidity and funding policies for approval by the Board of Directors

                                                    1048707 implementing the liquidity and funding policies

                                                    1048707 ensuring that liquidity is managed and controlled within the liquidity management and funding management programmes

                                                    1048707 ensuring the development and implementation of appropriate reporting systems with respect to the content format and frequency of information concerning the institutionrsquos liquidity position in order to permit the effective analysis and the sound and prudent management and control of existing and potential liquidity needs

                                                    1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                                    1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                                    1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                                    1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                                    1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                                    BEST friend for financial institution

                                                    Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                                    Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                                    Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                                    Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                                    Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                                    Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                                    Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                                    Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                                    Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                                    Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                                    Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                                    Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                                    Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                                    Interest rate risk management

                                                    Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                                    Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                                    bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                                    bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                                    Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                                    Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                    bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                    bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                    bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                    Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                    Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                    Benefits of liquidity management

                                                    If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                    Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                    Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                    Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                    The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                    minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                    (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                    Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                    The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                    In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                    Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                    Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                    Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                    Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                    The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                    Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                    Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                    requirements Managing market access

                                                    Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                    The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                    RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                    On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                    uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                    RBI liquidity management measures

                                                    RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                    bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                    bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                    currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                    ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                    On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                    been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                    The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                    percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                    Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                    Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                    Dynamic analysis

                                                    Future Business Assumptions

                                                    The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                    users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                    Funding Alternatives

                                                    Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                    of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                    Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                    Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                    MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                    There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                    MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                    A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                    risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                    grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                    going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                    is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                    increase by about 50 bps

                                                    MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                    Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                    competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                    frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                    more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                    for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                    can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                    marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                    Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                    time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                    within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                    more dynamic

                                                    MR Richard de Roos

                                                    Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                    to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                    strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                    reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                    responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                    effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                    Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                    technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                    Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                    in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                    their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                    Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                    said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                    process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                    in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                    Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                    improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                    profitability

                                                    Conclusion

                                                    The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                    Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                    • MR Richard de Roos

                                                      1048707 establishing and utilizing a method for accurately measuring the institutionrsquos current and projected future liquidity

                                                      1048707 monitoring economic and other operating conditions to forecast potential liquidity needs

                                                      1048707 ensuring that an internal inspectionaudit function reviews and assesses the liquidity management programme

                                                      1048707 developing lines of communication to ensure the timely dissemination of the liquidity and funding policies and procedures to all individuals involved in the liquidity management and funding risk management process and

                                                      1048707 reporting comprehensively on the liquidity management programme to the Board of Directors at least once a year

                                                      BEST friend for financial institution

                                                      Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                                      Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                                      Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                                      Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                                      Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                                      Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                                      Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                                      Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                                      Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                                      Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                                      Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                                      Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                                      Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                                      Interest rate risk management

                                                      Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                                      Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                                      bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                                      bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                                      Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                                      Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                      bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                      bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                      bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                      Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                      Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                      Benefits of liquidity management

                                                      If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                      Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                      Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                      Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                      The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                      minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                      (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                      Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                      The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                      In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                      Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                      Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                      Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                      Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                      The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                      Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                      Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                      requirements Managing market access

                                                      Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                      The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                      RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                      On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                      uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                      RBI liquidity management measures

                                                      RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                      bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                      bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                      currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                      ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                      On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                      been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                      The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                      percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                      Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                      Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                      Dynamic analysis

                                                      Future Business Assumptions

                                                      The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                      users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                      Funding Alternatives

                                                      Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                      of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                      Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                      Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                      MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                      There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                      MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                      A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                      risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                      grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                      going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                      is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                      increase by about 50 bps

                                                      MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                      Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                      competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                      frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                      more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                      for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                      can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                      marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                      Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                      time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                      within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                      more dynamic

                                                      MR Richard de Roos

                                                      Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                      to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                      strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                      reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                      responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                      effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                      Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                      technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                      Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                      in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                      their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                      Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                      said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                      process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                      in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                      Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                      improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                      profitability

                                                      Conclusion

                                                      The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                      Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                      • MR Richard de Roos

                                                        BEST friend for financial institution

                                                        Setting tolerance level for a bank To manage the mismatch levels so as to avert wide liquidity gaps-The residual maturity profile of assets and liabilities will be such that mismatch level for time bucket of 1-14 days and 15-28 days remain around 20 of cash outflows in each time bucket To manage liquidity and remain solvent by maintaining short-term cumulative gap up to one year(short term liabilities-short term assets at 15 of total outflow of fund

                                                        Measuring and Managing Liquidity Risk

                                                        Stock Approach Flow Approach Stock Approach is based on the level of assets and liabilities as well as off balance sheet exposures on a particular date The following ratios are calculated to assess the liquidity position of the bank

                                                        Ratio of core deposits to total assets Net loans to total deposits ratio

                                                        Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                                        Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                                        Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                                        Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                                        Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                                        Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                                        Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                                        Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                                        Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                                        Interest rate risk management

                                                        Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                                        Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                                        bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                                        bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                                        Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                                        Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                        bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                        bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                        bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                        Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                        Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                        Benefits of liquidity management

                                                        If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                        Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                        Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                        Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                        The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                        minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                        (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                        Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                        The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                        In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                        Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                        Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                        Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                        Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                        The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                        Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                        Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                        requirements Managing market access

                                                        Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                        The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                        RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                        On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                        uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                        RBI liquidity management measures

                                                        RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                        bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                        bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                        currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                        ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                        On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                        been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                        The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                        percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                        Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                        Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                        Dynamic analysis

                                                        Future Business Assumptions

                                                        The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                        users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                        Funding Alternatives

                                                        Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                        of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                        Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                        Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                        MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                        There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                        MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                        A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                        risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                        grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                        going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                        is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                        increase by about 50 bps

                                                        MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                        Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                        competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                        frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                        more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                        for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                        can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                        marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                        Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                        time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                        within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                        more dynamic

                                                        MR Richard de Roos

                                                        Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                        to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                        strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                        reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                        responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                        effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                        Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                        technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                        Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                        in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                        their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                        Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                        said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                        process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                        in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                        Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                        improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                        profitability

                                                        Conclusion

                                                        The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                        Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                        • MR Richard de Roos

                                                          Ratio of time deposits to total deposits

                                                          Ratio of volatile liabilities to total assets

                                                          Ratio of short term liabilities to liquid assets

                                                          Ratio of liquid assets to total assets

                                                          Ratio of short term liabilities to total assets

                                                          Ratio of prime assets to total assets

                                                          Ratio of market liabilities to total assets

                                                          Flow Approach Measuring and managing net funding requirements Managing Market Access Contingency Planning

                                                          Measuring and Managing net funding Requirements Flow method is the basic approach followed by Indian Banks It is called as gap method of measuring and managing liquidity It requires the preparation of structural liquidity gap report

                                                          Interest rate risk management

                                                          Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                                          Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                                          bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                                          bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                                          Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                                          Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                          bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                          bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                          bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                          Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                          Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                          Benefits of liquidity management

                                                          If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                          Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                          Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                          Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                          The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                          minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                          (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                          Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                          The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                          In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                          Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                          Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                          Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                          Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                          The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                          Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                          Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                          requirements Managing market access

                                                          Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                          The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                          RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                          On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                          uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                          RBI liquidity management measures

                                                          RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                          bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                          bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                          currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                          ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                          On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                          been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                          The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                          percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                          Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                          Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                          Dynamic analysis

                                                          Future Business Assumptions

                                                          The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                          users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                          Funding Alternatives

                                                          Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                          of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                          Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                          Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                          MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                          There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                          MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                          A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                          risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                          grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                          going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                          is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                          increase by about 50 bps

                                                          MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                          Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                          competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                          frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                          more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                          for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                          can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                          marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                          Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                          time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                          within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                          more dynamic

                                                          MR Richard de Roos

                                                          Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                          to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                          strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                          reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                          responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                          effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                          Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                          technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                          Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                          in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                          their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                          Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                          said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                          process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                          in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                          Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                          improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                          profitability

                                                          Conclusion

                                                          The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                          Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                          • MR Richard de Roos

                                                            Interest rate risk management

                                                            Interest rate risk is the volatility in net interest income(NII) or in variations in net interest margin(NIM)Gap The gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities on which the interest rates are reset during a given periodBasis risk The risk that the interest rate of different assets and liabilities may change in different magnitudes is called basis riskEmbedded option Prepayment of loans and bonds andor premature withdrawal of deposits before their stated maturity dates

                                                            Yield curve It is a line on a graph plotting the yield of all maturities of a particular instrumentChanges in interest rates also affect theunderlying value of the bankrsquosRaise in interest rates the market value of thatAsset and fall in interest rate the market valueOf assets or liabilitiesThe gap is the difference between the amountof assets and liabilities on which interest ratesare during a given period

                                                            bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                                            bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                                            Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                                            Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                            bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                            bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                            bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                            Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                            Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                            Benefits of liquidity management

                                                            If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                            Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                            Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                            Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                            The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                            minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                            (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                            Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                            The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                            In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                            Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                            Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                            Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                            Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                            The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                            Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                            Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                            requirements Managing market access

                                                            Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                            The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                            RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                            On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                            uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                            RBI liquidity management measures

                                                            RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                            bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                            bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                            currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                            ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                            On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                            been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                            The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                            percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                            Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                            Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                            Dynamic analysis

                                                            Future Business Assumptions

                                                            The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                            users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                            Funding Alternatives

                                                            Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                            of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                            Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                            Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                            MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                            There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                            MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                            A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                            risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                            grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                            going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                            is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                            increase by about 50 bps

                                                            MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                            Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                            competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                            frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                            more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                            for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                            can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                            marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                            Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                            time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                            within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                            more dynamic

                                                            MR Richard de Roos

                                                            Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                            to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                            strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                            reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                            responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                            effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                            Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                            technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                            Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                            in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                            their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                            Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                            said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                            process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                            in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                            Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                            improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                            profitability

                                                            Conclusion

                                                            The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                            Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                            • MR Richard de Roos

                                                              bull Mismatch occurs when assets and liabilities fall due for a different periods

                                                              bull The economic value of a bank can be viewed as the present value of the bankrsquos expected

                                                              Estimates derived from a standard duration generally focus on just one form of interest rate risk exposure The adverse impact on NII due to mismatches can be minimized by fixing appropriate on interest rate sensitivity gaps

                                                              Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                              bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                              bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                              bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                              Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                              Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                              Benefits of liquidity management

                                                              If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                              Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                              Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                              Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                              The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                              minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                              (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                              Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                              The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                              In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                              Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                              Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                              Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                              Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                              The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                              Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                              Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                              requirements Managing market access

                                                              Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                              The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                              RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                              On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                              uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                              RBI liquidity management measures

                                                              RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                              bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                              bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                              currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                              ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                              On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                              been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                              The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                              percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                              Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                              Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                              Dynamic analysis

                                                              Future Business Assumptions

                                                              The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                              users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                              Funding Alternatives

                                                              Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                              of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                              Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                              Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                              MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                              There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                              MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                              A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                              risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                              grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                              going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                              is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                              increase by about 50 bps

                                                              MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                              Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                              competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                              frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                              more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                              for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                              can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                              marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                              Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                              time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                              within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                              more dynamic

                                                              MR Richard de Roos

                                                              Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                              to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                              strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                              reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                              responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                              effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                              Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                              technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                              Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                              in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                              their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                              Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                              said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                              process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                              in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                              Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                              improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                              profitability

                                                              Conclusion

                                                              The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                              Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                              • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                Management of foreign exchange risk

                                                                bull Foreign exchange risk-Risk arising out of adverse exchange rate movements during a period in which it has open position in an individual foreign currency

                                                                bull Transaction exposure Change in the foreign exchange rate between the time the transaction is executed and the time it is settled

                                                                bull Forwards-Agreement to buy or sell forex for a predetermined amount at a predetermined rate on a predetermined date

                                                                Open position The extent to which outstanding contracts to purchase a currency exceed liabilities plus outstanding contracts to sell the currency amp vice versa

                                                                Overnight position-A limit on the maximum open position left overnight in all major currenciesDay-light position-A limit on maximum open position in all major currencies at any point of time during day Such limits are generally larger than overnight positions

                                                                Benefits of liquidity management

                                                                If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                                Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                                Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                                Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                                The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                                minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                                (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                                Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                                The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                                In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                                Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                                Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                                Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                                Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                                The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                                Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                                Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                                requirements Managing market access

                                                                Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                                The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                                RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                                On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                                uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                                RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                Dynamic analysis

                                                                Future Business Assumptions

                                                                The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                Funding Alternatives

                                                                Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                increase by about 50 bps

                                                                MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                more dynamic

                                                                MR Richard de Roos

                                                                Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                profitability

                                                                Conclusion

                                                                The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                  Benefits of liquidity management

                                                                  If an appropriate liquidity management solution is effectively implemented the corporation stands to enjoy a range of benefits (these otherwise representing opportunity costs)

                                                                  Balance consolidation This is realized by eliminating the cost of maintaining cash deficits and surpluses in the same currency that could otherwise have been offset In financial terms it is determined by the differential between the interest rates applicable to the credit and debit balances that are offset

                                                                  Balance aggregation Increasing the size of the aggregate cash position attracts better interest terms than those achievable on individual balances left idle or invested separately It is a function of the interest-rate differential between the rates achieved with and without aggregation

                                                                  Balance stability Connecting multiple accounts into a larger liquidity structure has the portfolio effect of reducing overall net balance volatility As a result it becomes easier to identify and isolate a stable liquidity core within this net balance This confers two primary advantages

                                                                  The structure is better able to absorb unexpected cash flow events and mitigate their impact thereby also

                                                                  minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                                  (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                                  Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                                  The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                                  In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                                  Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                                  Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                                  Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                                  Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                                  The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                                  Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                                  Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                                  requirements Managing market access

                                                                  Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                                  The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                                  RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                                  On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                                  uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                                  RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                  RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                  bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                  bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                  currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                  ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                  On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                  been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                  The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                  percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                  Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                  Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                  Dynamic analysis

                                                                  Future Business Assumptions

                                                                  The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                  users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                  Funding Alternatives

                                                                  Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                  of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                  Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                  Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                  MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                  There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                  MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                  A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                  risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                  grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                  going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                  is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                  increase by about 50 bps

                                                                  MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                  Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                  competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                  frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                  more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                  for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                  can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                  marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                  Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                  time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                  within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                  more dynamic

                                                                  MR Richard de Roos

                                                                  Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                  to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                  strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                  reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                  responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                  effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                  Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                  technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                  Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                  in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                  their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                  Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                  said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                  process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                  in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                  Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                  improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                  profitability

                                                                  Conclusion

                                                                  The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                  Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                  • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                    minimizing the effect of any inaccuracies in the cash forecasting process Determining accurate time slicing of available cash is easier thereby facilitating more efficient distribution of investments across the maturity spectrum

                                                                    (An accurate assessment of this type of benefit is more complex and requires the utilization of statistical concepts)

                                                                    Net balance utilization This is the minimization of the opportunity cost of being unable to extract the maximum value from the aggregate net cash flow The scale of this benefit depends upon various factors including

                                                                    The size and stability of the core element Medium-term cash forecasting accuracy and The corporates financial position (ie whether typically a net depositor or borrower)

                                                                    In financial terms the net balance utilisation benefit results from the interest-rate differential between the current and the alternative usage of the net liquidity (ie reduced funding cost or enhanced investment yield)

                                                                    Other benefits Other potential benefits derived from effective liquidity management include

                                                                    Management costtime savings particularly when using passive and fully automated techniques

                                                                    Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                                    Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                                    The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                                    Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                                    Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                                    requirements Managing market access

                                                                    Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                                    The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                                    RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                                    On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                                    uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                                    RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                    RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                    bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                    bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                    currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                    ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                    On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                    been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                    The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                    percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                    Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                    Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                    Dynamic analysis

                                                                    Future Business Assumptions

                                                                    The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                    users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                    Funding Alternatives

                                                                    Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                    of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                    Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                    Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                    MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                    There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                    MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                    A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                    risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                    grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                    going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                    is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                    increase by about 50 bps

                                                                    MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                    Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                    competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                    frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                    more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                    for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                    can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                    marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                    Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                    time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                    within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                    more dynamic

                                                                    MR Richard de Roos

                                                                    Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                    to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                    strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                    reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                    responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                    effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                    Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                    technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                    Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                    in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                    their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                    Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                    said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                    process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                    in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                    Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                    improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                    profitability

                                                                    Conclusion

                                                                    The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                    Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                    • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                      Increased visibility and control of cash flows More rigorous counterparty risk management such as on idle balances or balances invested locally with institutions not validatedapproved by treasury Reduced dependency on local credit facilities Improved enterprise-wide liquidity risk management and Greater strategic financial flexibility

                                                                      Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                                      The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                                      Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                                      Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                                      requirements Managing market access

                                                                      Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                                      The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                                      RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                                      On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                                      uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                                      RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                      RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                      bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                      bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                      currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                      ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                      On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                      been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                      The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                      percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                      Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                      Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                      Dynamic analysis

                                                                      Future Business Assumptions

                                                                      The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                      users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                      Funding Alternatives

                                                                      Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                      of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                      Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                      Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                      MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                      There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                      MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                      A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                      risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                      grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                      going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                      is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                      increase by about 50 bps

                                                                      MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                      Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                      competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                      frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                      more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                      for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                      can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                      marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                      Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                      time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                      within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                      more dynamic

                                                                      MR Richard de Roos

                                                                      Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                      to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                      strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                      reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                      responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                      effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                      Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                      technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                      Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                      in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                      their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                      Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                      said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                      process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                      in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                      Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                      improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                      profitability

                                                                      Conclusion

                                                                      The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                      Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                      • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                        Bassel committee on bank liquidity management

                                                                        The Committee believes that liquidity - the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they become due - is crucial to the ongoing viability of any banking organisation But the importance of liquidity transcends the individual bank since a liquidity shortfall at a single organisation can have systemic repercussions The management of liquidity is therefore among the most important activities conducted at banks

                                                                        Over time there has been a declining ability to rely on core deposits and an increased reliance on wholesale funding Recent technological and financial innovations have provided banks with new ways of funding their activities and managing their liquidity but recent turmoil in global financial markets has posed new challenges for liquidity management In light of these developments the Committee is replacing the existing 1992 paper on liquidity - A framework for measuring and managing liquidity - with updated guidance The paper is organised around a set of 14 principles falling in the following key areas

                                                                        Developing a structure for managing liquidity Measuring and monitoring net funding

                                                                        requirements Managing market access

                                                                        Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                                        The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                                        RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                                        On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                                        uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                                        RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                        RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                        bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                        bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                        currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                        ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                        On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                        been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                        The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                        percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                        Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                        Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                        Dynamic analysis

                                                                        Future Business Assumptions

                                                                        The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                        users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                        Funding Alternatives

                                                                        Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                        of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                        Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                        Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                        MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                        There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                        MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                        A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                        risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                        grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                        going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                        is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                        increase by about 50 bps

                                                                        MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                        Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                        competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                        frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                        more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                        for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                        can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                        marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                        Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                        time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                        within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                        more dynamic

                                                                        MR Richard de Roos

                                                                        Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                        to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                        strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                        reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                        responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                        effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                        Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                        technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                        Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                        in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                        their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                        Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                        said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                        process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                        in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                        Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                        improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                        profitability

                                                                        Conclusion

                                                                        The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                        Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                        • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                          Contingency planning Foreign currency liquidity management Internal controls for liquidity risk management Role of public disclosure in improving liquidity Role of supervisors

                                                                          The paper is not being issued formally for consultation but if you have strong views our Risk Management Group would be pleased to receive them

                                                                          RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                                          On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                                          uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                                          RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                          RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                          bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                          bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                          currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                          ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                          On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                          been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                          The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                          percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                          Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                          Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                          Dynamic analysis

                                                                          Future Business Assumptions

                                                                          The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                          users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                          Funding Alternatives

                                                                          Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                          of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                          Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                          Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                          MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                          There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                          MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                          A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                          risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                          grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                          going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                          is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                          increase by about 50 bps

                                                                          MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                          Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                          competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                          frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                          more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                          for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                          can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                          marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                          Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                          time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                          within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                          more dynamic

                                                                          MR Richard de Roos

                                                                          Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                          to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                          strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                          reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                          responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                          effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                          Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                          technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                          Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                          in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                          their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                          Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                          said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                          process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                          in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                          Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                          improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                          profitability

                                                                          Conclusion

                                                                          The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                          Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                          • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                            RBIrsquos Latest view on liquidity management

                                                                            On a review of the current liquidity situation in the context of global and domestic developments it has been decided to reduce the CRR from its current level of 90 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) by 50 basis points to 85 per Cent of NDTL with effect from the fortnight beginning October 11 2008 As a result of This reduction in the CRR an amount of about Rs 20 000 cores would be released Into the system This measure is ad hoc temporary in nature and will be reviewed on A continuous basis in the light of the evolving liquidity conditions Active liquidity management is a key element of the current monetary policy Stance Liquidity modulation through a flexible use of a combination of instruments has to a significant extent cushioned the impact of the international financial turbulence on domestic financial markets by absorbing excessive market pressures and ensuring orderly conditions In view of the evolving environment of heightened

                                                                            uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                                            RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                            RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                            bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                            bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                            currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                            ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                            On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                            been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                            The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                            percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                            Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                            Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                            Dynamic analysis

                                                                            Future Business Assumptions

                                                                            The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                            users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                            Funding Alternatives

                                                                            Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                            of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                            Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                            Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                            MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                            There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                            MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                            A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                            risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                            grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                            going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                            is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                            increase by about 50 bps

                                                                            MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                            Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                            competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                            frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                            more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                            for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                            can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                            marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                            Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                            time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                            within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                            more dynamic

                                                                            MR Richard de Roos

                                                                            Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                            to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                            strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                            reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                            responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                            effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                            Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                            technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                            Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                            in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                            their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                            Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                            said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                            process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                            in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                            Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                            improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                            profitability

                                                                            Conclusion

                                                                            The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                            Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                            • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                              uncertainty volatility in global markets and the dangers of potential spillovers to domestic equity and currency markets liquidity management will continue to receive Priority in the hierarchy of policy objectives over the period ahead The Reserve Bank will continue with its policy of active demand management of liquidity through appropriate use of the CRR stipulations and open market operations (OMO) including the MSS and the LAF using all the policy instruments at its disposal Flexibly as and when the situation warrants The overall stance of monetary policy in 2008-09 accords high priority to price stability well-anchored inflation expectations and orderly conditions in financial markets while being conducive to continuation of the growth momentum as set out In the Annual Policy Statement and reiterated in the First Quarter Review of July 2008 The overriding priority for monetary policy is to eschew any further intensification of inflationary pressures and to firmly anchor inflation expectations

                                                                              RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                              RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                              bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                              bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                              currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                              ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                              On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                              been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                              The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                              percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                              Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                              Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                              Dynamic analysis

                                                                              Future Business Assumptions

                                                                              The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                              users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                              Funding Alternatives

                                                                              Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                              of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                              Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                              Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                              MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                              There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                              MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                              A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                              risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                              grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                              going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                              is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                              increase by about 50 bps

                                                                              MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                              Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                              competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                              frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                              more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                              for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                              can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                              marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                              Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                              time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                              within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                              more dynamic

                                                                              MR Richard de Roos

                                                                              Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                              to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                              strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                              reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                              responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                              effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                              Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                              technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                              Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                              in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                              their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                              Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                              said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                              process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                              in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                              Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                              improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                              profitability

                                                                              Conclusion

                                                                              The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                              Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                              • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                RBI liquidity management measures

                                                                                RBI announces Monetary Policy and Liquidity Management Measures Monetary Policy Measures On an assessment of the current macroeconomic situation it has been decided to take the following monetary policy measures as a part of the calibrated exit from the expansionary monetary policy

                                                                                bull to increase the repo rate under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) by 25 basis Points from 525 per cent to 550 per cent with immediate effect

                                                                                bull To increase the reverse repo rate under the LAF by 25 basis points from 375 per Cent to 40 per cent with immediate effect Liquidity Management Measures Also on the basis of an assessment of the current liquidity situation the Reserve Bank has decided to extend the following liquidity management measures i) The additional liquidity support to scheduled commercial banks under the LAF to the extent of up to 05 per cent of their net demand and time liabilities (NDTL)

                                                                                currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                                ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                                On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                                been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                                The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                                percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                                Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                                Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                                Dynamic analysis

                                                                                Future Business Assumptions

                                                                                The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                                users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                                Funding Alternatives

                                                                                Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                                of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                more dynamic

                                                                                MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                profitability

                                                                                Conclusion

                                                                                The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                  currently set to expire on July 2 2010 is now extended up to July 16 2010 For Any shortfall in maintenance of statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) arising out of availment of this facility banks may seek waiver of penal interest purely as an ad Hoc measure

                                                                                  ii) The second LAF (SLAF) will be conducted on a daily basis up to July 16 2010 Rationale for Monetary Policy Measures There have been significant macroeconomic developments since the April 2010 Monetary Policy Statement At the global level the recovery is strengthening However the outlook continues to be clouded by uncertainty in the Euro area

                                                                                  On the domestic front the revised growth estimates by the Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) for 2009-10 and for Q4 of 2009-10 suggest that the recovery is Consolidating The manufacturing sector has recorded robust growth in recent months Aided among others by expanding exports The strong underlying growth momentum is also evidenced by the sharp upturn in the capital goods sector acceleration in credit Growth and the widening current account deficit The monsoon situation so far has

                                                                                  been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                                  The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                                  percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                                  Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                                  Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                                  Dynamic analysis

                                                                                  Future Business Assumptions

                                                                                  The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                                  users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                                  Funding Alternatives

                                                                                  Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                                  of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                  Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                  Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                  MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                  There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                  MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                  A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                  risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                  grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                  going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                  is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                  increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                  MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                  Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                  competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                  frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                  more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                  for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                  can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                  marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                  Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                  time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                  within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                  more dynamic

                                                                                  MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                  Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                  to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                  strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                  reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                  responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                  effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                  Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                  technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                  Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                  in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                  their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                  Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                  said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                  process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                  in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                  Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                  improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                  profitability

                                                                                  Conclusion

                                                                                  The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                  Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                  • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                    been decidedly better than during last year holding prospects for good agriculture Growth In its April policy review the Reserve Bank projected real GDP growth for 2010-11 at 8 per cent with an upside bias More recent data suggest that the upside bias has Largely materialised The growth projection will be reviewed in the First Quarter Review On July 27 2010

                                                                                    The developments on the inflation front however raise several concerns Overall WPI inflation increased to 102 in May 2010 up from 96 per cent in April 2010 Food price inflation and consumer price inflation remain at elevated levels There have 2Been some moderation in food price inflation but the price index of food articles continues to increase More importantly the prices of non-food manufactured goods and fuel items have accelerated in recent months Year-on-year WPI non-food manufacturing products (weight 522 per cent) inflation which was (-) 04 per cent in November 2009 and 54 per cent in March 2010 rose further to 66 per cent in May 2010 Year-on-year fuel price inflation also surged from (-) 08 per cent in November 2009 to 127 per cent in March 2010 and further to 131 per cent in May 2010 Although entirely justified in terms of long-term fiscal and energy conservation objectives the recent increase in fuel prices will have an immediate impact of around one

                                                                                    percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                                    Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                                    Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                                    Dynamic analysis

                                                                                    Future Business Assumptions

                                                                                    The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                                    users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                                    Funding Alternatives

                                                                                    Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                                    of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                    Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                    Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                    MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                    There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                    MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                    A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                    risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                    grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                    going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                    is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                    increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                    MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                    Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                    competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                    frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                    more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                    for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                    can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                    marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                    Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                    time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                    within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                    more dynamic

                                                                                    MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                    Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                    to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                    strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                    reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                    responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                    effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                    Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                    technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                    Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                    in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                    their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                    Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                    said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                    process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                    in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                    Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                    improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                    profitability

                                                                                    Conclusion

                                                                                    The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                    Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                    • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                      percentage point on WPI inflation with second round effects being felt in the months ahead Significantly two-thirds of WPI inflation in May 2010 was contributed by non-food items suggesting that inflation is now very much generalised and that demand-side pressures are evident

                                                                                      Timing of the Action This mid-cycle policy action has been warranted by the evolving macroeconomic situation Even as data for real GDP growth and WPI inflation became available by mid-June 2010 it was considered inadvisable to raise the policy rates as the financial system was dealing with liquidity pressures triggered by sudden build-up in government cash balances occasioned by the larger than anticipated level of 3G spectrum and broadband wireless access auction realisations Through the month of June liquidity under LAF operations remained in deficit mode Consequently the call rate moved up significantly resulting in an effective tightening at the short end of the yield curve The liquidity situation has since begun to ease Rationale for Extension of Liquidity Management Measures In late May 2010 in anticipation of the liquidity pressures on account of payments for 3G spectrum and advance taxes the Reserve Bank took certain liquidity easing measures Even as the liquidity situation has begun to ease these measures are being extended since liquidity tightness may persist

                                                                                      Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                                      Dynamic analysis

                                                                                      Future Business Assumptions

                                                                                      The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                                      users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                                      Funding Alternatives

                                                                                      Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                                      of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                      Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                      Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                      MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                      There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                      MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                      A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                      risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                      grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                      going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                      is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                      increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                      MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                      Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                      competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                      frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                      more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                      for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                      can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                      marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                      Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                      time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                      within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                      more dynamic

                                                                                      MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                      Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                      to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                      strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                      reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                      responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                      effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                      Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                      technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                      Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                      in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                      their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                      Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                      said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                      process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                      in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                      Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                      improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                      profitability

                                                                                      Conclusion

                                                                                      The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                      Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                      • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                        Expected Outcomes The above monetary measures should contain inflation and anchor inflationary expectations going forward while not hurting the recovery process Easing liquidity and raising rates at the same time may seem apparently inconsistent It should be noted in this context that the liquidity easing measures have become necessary to manage what is essentially a temporary and unanticipated development In no way should they be viewed as inconsistent with the monetary policy stance of calibrated exit which remains focussed on containing inflation and anchoring inflationary expectations without hurting growth The Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the macroeconomic conditions particularly he price situation and take further action as warranted

                                                                                        Dynamic analysis

                                                                                        Future Business Assumptions

                                                                                        The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                                        users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                                        Funding Alternatives

                                                                                        Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                                        of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                        Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                        Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                        MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                        There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                        MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                        A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                        risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                        grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                        going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                        is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                        increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                        MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                        Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                        competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                        frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                        more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                        for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                        can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                        marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                        Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                        time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                        within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                        more dynamic

                                                                                        MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                        Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                        to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                        strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                        reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                        responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                        effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                        Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                        technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                        Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                        in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                        their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                        Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                        said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                        process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                        in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                        Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                        improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                        profitability

                                                                                        Conclusion

                                                                                        The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                        Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                        • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                          Dynamic analysis

                                                                                          Future Business Assumptions

                                                                                          The first step in achieving a more accurate picture of exposure based on current figures above a normal (not stressed) scenario is to include planned roll-overs andreinvestments that are an integral part of ordinary operations Products such as Algorithmicsrsquo ALM with its Dynamic Trading Strategy (DTS) functionality permit

                                                                                          users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                                          Funding Alternatives

                                                                                          Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                                          of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                          Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                          Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                          MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                          There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                          MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                          A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                          risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                          grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                          going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                          is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                          increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                          MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                          Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                          competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                          frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                          more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                          for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                          can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                          marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                          Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                          time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                          within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                          more dynamic

                                                                                          MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                          Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                          to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                          strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                          reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                          responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                          effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                          Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                          technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                          Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                          in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                          their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                          Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                          said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                          process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                          in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                          Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                          improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                          profitability

                                                                                          Conclusion

                                                                                          The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                          Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                          • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                            users to integrate planned transactions into the liquidity picture Large liquidity gaps are highly likely to disappear mismatches will be reduced and the probability distribution of mismatches will reflect a more realistic view of future exposures

                                                                                            Funding Alternatives

                                                                                            Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                                            of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                            Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                            Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                            MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                            There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                            MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                            A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                            risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                            grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                            going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                            is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                            increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                            MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                            Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                            competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                            frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                            more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                            for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                            can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                            marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                            Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                            time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                            within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                            more dynamic

                                                                                            MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                            Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                            to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                            strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                            reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                            responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                            effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                            Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                            technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                            Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                            in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                            their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                            Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                            said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                            process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                            in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                            Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                            improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                            profitability

                                                                                            Conclusion

                                                                                            The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                            Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                            • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                              Funding Alternatives

                                                                                              Since a firm is a living entity exposure to liquidity risk is subject to continuous change as a consequence not only of past operations but also of new business Effective management of liquidity risk must ensure that the company can raise enough finance to support the planned development of business in an orderly manner Failure to do so could jeopardize the growth of the firm or in the worst case strain its financial structure and increase risk exposure The ability to assess the impact

                                                                                              of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                              Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                              Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                              MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                              There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                              MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                              A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                              risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                              grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                              going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                              is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                              increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                              MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                              Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                              competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                              frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                              more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                              for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                              can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                              marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                              Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                              time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                              within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                              more dynamic

                                                                                              MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                              Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                              to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                              strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                              reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                              responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                              effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                              Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                              technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                              Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                              in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                              their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                              Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                              said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                              process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                              in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                              Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                              improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                              profitability

                                                                                              Conclusion

                                                                                              The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                              Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                              • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                of different funding alternatives on the balance sheet is also crucial for optimizing debt and capital and boosting value creation Firms should have the ability to integrate business development strategies as well as inherent business constraints into their liquidity planning activities

                                                                                                Stress SimulationsSimulation exercises can help optimize business and funding strategies The growth of assets implies greater funding needs and affects variables such as asset maturity and duration New finance can be drawn from different sources with varying impacts on the firmrsquos liquidity equilibrium and capital structure Funding sources include cash flow from ordinary business new deposits issue of senior or subordinated debtshare capital increases securitizations and others Inherent constraints to consider include internal or regulatory targets such as limits maturity duration gaps amountof (senior or subordinated) outstanding debt amount of minimum available spare liquidity risk indicators as Cash Flow at Risk or Liquidity at Risk and othersStress simulations can produce a comprehensive view of a firmrsquos current exposure to liquidity risk as well as the potential evolution of liquidity risk within the businessPlanning horizon They also set the stage for effective crisis management planning In this way a firm can assess how capable it is of maintaining stability even under unforeseen severe adverse events both firm-specific and systemic Algorithmic ALM contributes here as well providing a comprehensive picture of liquidity exposures over time in both normal and stress contexts

                                                                                                Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                                MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                                There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                                MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                                A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                                risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                                grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                                going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                                is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                                increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                                MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                                Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                                competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                                frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                                more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                                for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                                can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                                marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                                Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                                time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                                within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                                more dynamic

                                                                                                MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                                to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                                strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                                reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                                responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                                effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                                Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                                technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                                Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                                in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                                their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                                Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                                said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                                process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                                in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                                Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                                improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                                profitability

                                                                                                Conclusion

                                                                                                The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                                Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                                • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                  Why liquidity management is so important (EXPERT VIEWS)

                                                                                                  MR Yan de Kerland Head of KTP Product Management

                                                                                                  There is no magic solution but the pressure is on for treasurers to implement a treasury process that provides a comprehensive view of their cash position at any point of time We anticipate that real ldquoFront to Bankrdquo type organizations will emerge from this situation And there is no doubt they will have sophisticated treasury business processes and systems that resemble manufacturing companies in terms of efficiency

                                                                                                  MR Arun Kaul Chief of Treasury at PNB

                                                                                                  A Inflation is a worry and he has clearly said that the

                                                                                                  risk of inflation continues from high oil prices and food

                                                                                                  grain prices coupled with the fact that the base effect is

                                                                                                  going to wear off in the next couple of weeks The focus

                                                                                                  is on the liquidity management and that led to CRR

                                                                                                  increase by about 50 bps

                                                                                                  MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                                  Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                                  competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                                  frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                                  more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                                  for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                                  can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                                  marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                                  Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                                  time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                                  within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                                  more dynamic

                                                                                                  MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                  Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                                  to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                                  strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                                  reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                                  responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                                  effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                                  Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                                  technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                                  Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                                  in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                                  their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                                  Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                                  said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                                  process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                                  in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                                  Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                                  improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                                  profitability

                                                                                                  Conclusion

                                                                                                  The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                                  Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                                  • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                    MR Ali pichavi CEO of quod financial

                                                                                                    Liquidity is becoming ever more dynamic As

                                                                                                    competition increases price wars are becoming more

                                                                                                    frequent and pricing models are being altered to attract

                                                                                                    more and more liquidity For instance the rebate model

                                                                                                    for passive orders (ie by resting a passive order you

                                                                                                    can receive a fee) has often been used as an effective

                                                                                                    marketing tool for new alternative trading systems

                                                                                                    Clients are therefore moving their execution on a real-

                                                                                                    time basis from venue to venue as pricing evolves

                                                                                                    within a competitive landscape making liquidity ever

                                                                                                    more dynamic

                                                                                                    MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                    Standard Bank is believed to be the first bank in Africa

                                                                                                    to implement systematic FX liquidity management This

                                                                                                    strategic move has already improved profitability

                                                                                                    reduced transaction costs and reduced risk The bank

                                                                                                    responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                                    effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                                    Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                                    technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                                    Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                                    in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                                    their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                                    Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                                    said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                                    process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                                    in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                                    Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                                    improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                                    profitability

                                                                                                    Conclusion

                                                                                                    The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                                    Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                                    • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                      responded to an industry need for systems that

                                                                                                      effectively manage client flow by collaborating with

                                                                                                      Client Knowledge The advisory support and expert

                                                                                                      technical and quant development was undertaken by

                                                                                                      Client Knowledgersquos Managed Models team By working

                                                                                                      in tandem with Standard Bank connections to feeds and

                                                                                                      their client flow were established Richard de Roos

                                                                                                      Director and head of Standard Bank foreign exchange

                                                                                                      said that Selecting Client Knowledge to facilitate this

                                                                                                      process was an important strategic decision As experts

                                                                                                      in the wholesale financial services industry Client

                                                                                                      Knowledge has provided us with unique insight into

                                                                                                      improving our performance efficiencies and our

                                                                                                      profitability

                                                                                                      Conclusion

                                                                                                      The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                                      Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                                      • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                        Conclusion

                                                                                                        The liquidity landscape is fluid at both a corporate and an environmental level a companys liquidity profile obviously changes over time while liquidity techniques and combinations thereof continue to evolve

                                                                                                        Therefore designing and maintaining a corporate-specific implementation of liquidity best practice is the proverbial challengeopportunity Nevertheless achieving this delivers a range of benefits - financial operational and strategic While the path to this goal may be demanding and require combining a variety of liquidity techniques external expertise from banks and other professionals is available

                                                                                                        • MR Richard de Roos

                                                                                                          top related